Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 20, 2010

Securities Act Registration No. 333-159636

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933

 

 

Pre-Effective Amendment No. 4

Post-Effective Amendment No. ¨

THL Credit, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

100 Federal Street, 31st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(800) 450-4424

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

James K. Hunt

THL Credit, Inc.

100 Federal Street, 31st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Richard T. Prins

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, NY 10036

(212) 735-3000

 

Paul K. Risko

John A. MacKinnon

Sidley Austin LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY 10019

(212) 839-5300

APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

 

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

Title of Securities Being Registered    Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(2)
   Amount of
Registration
Fee(3)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

   $300,000,000    $16,740

 

(1)   Includes the underwriters’ overallotment option.
(2)   Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.
(3)   Previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated April 20, 2010

PROSPECTUS

13,666,667 Shares

THL Credit, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

We are a newly-organized, externally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that intends to file an election to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through the origination of privately negotiated investments in debt and equity securities in middle market companies. We anticipate that our portfolio will be primarily comprised of investments in mezzanine loans (which are junior to other debt and senior to equity) made to middle market companies.

We will be managed by our investment advisor, THL Credit Advisors LLC, which will also provide the administrative services necessary for us to operate. THL Credit Advisors LLC is recently organized and is in the process of being registered as an investment advisor, and neither it nor its affiliates have any experience managing a business development company.

We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “TCRD.” We expect that the initial public offering price will be $15.00 per share.

This prospectus contains important information you should know before investing in our common stock. Please read it carefully before you invest and keep it for future reference. Upon completion of this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We maintain a website at http://www.thlcredit.com and intend to make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly filed information available, free of charge, on or through our website. You may also obtain such information and make shareholder inquiries by contacting us at THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31st floor, Boston, MA 02110, or by calling us at (800) 450-4424. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov where such information is available without charge upon request. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus.

Because we are newly organized, our shares have no history of public trading. Shares of closed-end investment companies, which are structured similarly to us, frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This risk of loss applies to our shares of common stock as well and may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period after completion of the public offering.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk, including credit risk and the risk of the use of leverage. Before buying any shares of our common stock, you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in our common stock in “ Risks ” beginning on page 17 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

     Per Share     

Total

Public offering price

   $        $  

Sales load

   $        $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to THL Credit, Inc.(1)

   $        $  
  (1)   We estimate that we will incur expenses of approximately $             ($              per share) in connection with this offering. Such expenses and the sales load will indirectly be borne by investors in this offering and will consequently reduce their net asset value per share. Net proceeds, after expenses and sales load, will be approximately $              ($              per share).

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 1,230,000 additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 30 days of the date of this prospectus solely to cover overallotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total price to the public, sales load and net proceeds will be $            , $            , and $            , respectively. See “Underwriting.”

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The shares will be ready for delivery on or about                     , 2010.

 

 

BofA Merrill Lynch   Citi   Deutsche Bank Securities

 

Stifel Nicolaus
BB&T Capital Markets   Houlihan Lokey   Keefe, Bruyette & Woods   RBC Capital Markets
A Division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC      

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2010.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   1

The Offering

   9

Fees and Expenses

   14

Risks

   17

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   33

Use of Proceeds

   34

Capitalization

   35

Dilution

   36

Distributions

   37

The Company

   38

Management of the Company

   52

Certain Relationships

   59

Control Persons and Principal Stockholders

   60

The Advisor

   61

Determination of Net Asset Value

   71

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

   73

Description of Shares

   75

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   78

Regulation

   79

Brokerage Allocations and Other Practices

   83

Tax Matters

   84

Underwriting

   89

Custodian

   95

Transfer Agent

   95

Legal Matters

   95

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   95

Additional Information

   95

Privacy Principles

   96

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date. To the extent required by applicable law, we will update this prospectus during the offering period to reflect material changes to the disclosure herein.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risks.” Throughout this prospectus, we refer to THL Credit, Inc. as the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our;” THL Credit Advisors LLC as “THL Credit Advisors,” the “Advisor” or the “Administrator”, Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. as “THL Partners”, THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. as “THL Credit Opportunities” and THL Credit Group, L.P. as “THL Credit Group”.

THL Credit, Inc.

We are a newly-organized, externally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company incorporated in Delaware on May 26, 2009. We intend to file an election to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which we refer to as the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we intend to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code. Our investment activities are managed by THL Credit Advisors and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of THL Credit Advisors and its affiliates. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Regulation.”

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through investments in privately negotiated debt and equity securities of middle market companies. We invest primarily in private subordinated debt, or mezzanine debt, which in many cases includes an associated equity component such as warrants, preferred stock or other similar securities. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments. We define middle market companies to mean both public and privately-held companies with annual revenues of between $25 million and $500 million. We expect to generate returns through a combination of contractual interest payments on debt investments, equity appreciation (through options, warrants, conversion rights or direct equity investments) and origination and similar fees. We can offer no assurances that we will achieve our investment objective.

We believe there are significant opportunities to finance middle market companies that require capital for growth and acquisitions. We also believe that, as a result of the recent credit crisis, a significant investment opportunity exists to invest in middle market companies requiring subordinated loans, often referred to as mezzanine loans, to recapitalize their balance sheets. Additionally, we do not intend to invest in start-up companies, operationally distressed situations or companies with speculative business plans. Furthermore, we may invest throughout an entity’s capital structure, which may include senior secured loans, common and preferred equity, options and warrants, high-yield bonds and other structured securities. In addition, we may from time to time invest up to 30% of our assets opportunistically in other types of investments, including securities of larger public companies and foreign securities. We anticipate that, over time, our investment portfolio will consist primarily of investments in mezzanine loans.

It is also our belief that a combination of sponsored and unsponsored mezzanine investments is important to having the most attractive opportunities across investment cycles, and to that end our nationwide origination efforts target both private-equity sponsors and referral sources of unsponsored companies.

Unsponsored companies are either micro cap public companies or privately-held companies typically owned and controlled by entrepreneurs rather than private equity firms, which we refer to as sponsors. We believe that unsponsored middle market companies represent a large, attractive and less competitive mezzanine investment opportunity for two primary reasons: (1) the number of unsponsored companies far exceeds the number of sponsored companies; and (2) most mezzanine investors focus primarily on sponsored companies. We

 

 

1


Table of Contents

also believe that investments in unsponsored companies will provide for the most attractive economics, alignment of interests with management and the greatest control for us as an investor because unsponsored companies generally have less access to capital providers.

With respect to sponsored transactions—that is, those companies controlled by private equity firms, which we refer to as sponsors—we expect the demand for leveraged buyouts to grow as mergers and acquisition activity increases, although with reduced senior lending from banks and collateralized loan obligation vehicles. We believe junior capital providers will see increasing opportunities to fill the financing gap. We expect significant demand from sponsors who need to recapitalize the balance sheets of certain of their portfolio companies or, in certain situations, acquire portfolio companies.

We are generally required to invest at least 70% of our total assets primarily in securities of private and certain U.S. public companies (other than certain financial institutions), cash, cash equivalents and U.S. Government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less.

We may borrow money from time to time within the levels permitted by the 1940 Act (which generally allows us to incur leverage for up to one-half of our assets) when the terms and conditions available are favorable to long-term investing and well-aligned with our investment strategy and portfolio composition. We do not plan to incur significant leverage, or to pay significant interest in respect thereof, until after the proceeds of this offering are substantially invested in accordance with our investment object and do not intend to incur leverage during our first year of operations in excess of 33% of our total assets after giving effect to such leverage. In determining whether to borrow money, we will analyze the maturity, covenant package and rate structure of the proposed borrowings as well as the risks of such borrowings compared to our investment outlook. The use of borrowed funds or the proceeds of preferred stock to make investments would have its own specific set of benefits and risks, and all of the costs of borrowing funds or issuing preferred stock would be borne by holders of our common stock.

THL Credit Advisors LLC

Our investment activities are managed by our investment advisor, THL Credit Advisors. THL Credit Advisors is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting research on prospective investments, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments, and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. THL Credit Advisors was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on June 26, 2009 and is in the process of being registered as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, which we refer to as the Advisers Act. THL Credit Advisors is led by James K. Hunt, Sam W. Tillinghast and W. Hunter Stropp, who, along with Terrence W. Olson, Christopher J. Flynn, Gregory S. Hammer and Kunal M. Soni, constitute its principals. We refer to these individuals collectively as the THL Credit Principals. The THL Credit Principals and other investment professionals make up our investment team. THL Credit Advisors is owned and controlled by the THL Credit Principals and a partnership consisting of certain of the partners of THL Partners.

Before joining THL Credit Group, L.P., an affiliate of THL Credit Advisors, in 2007, Messrs. Hunt, Tillinghast and Stropp, who collectively have investment experience of 23 years on average and 14 years at a minimum, were responsible for over $40 billion in investments over the period from 1990 to 2006. Messrs. Hunt and Tillinghast separately had ultimate investment authority for SunAmerica Corporate Finance and the Private Placement Group of AIG, respectively, where these investments were made. The responsibilities of these individuals included sourcing, identifying, evaluating, structuring, managing and monitoring mezzanine debt, leveraged loans, private placements and private equity investments. Over the past three years, these individuals have held ultimate responsibility for approximately $230 million in investments. The THL Credit Principals have worked together extensively in the past and have invested through multiple business and credit cycles, investing

 

 

2


Table of Contents

across the entire capital structure. We believe the THL Credit Principals bring a unique investment perspective and skill set by virtue of their complementary, collective experience as both debt and equity investors. In addition, we believe they bring an active equity ownership mentality and intend to focus on adding value to portfolio companies through board representation, when possible, active monitoring and direct dialogue with management. We can provide no assurance that we will replicate the historical performance of the THL Credit Principals.

Through THL Credit Group, an affiliated entity composed of essentially the same investment professionals as THL Credit Advisors, our investment team currently manages THL Credit Opportunities, a private credit opportunities fund with approximately $162.6 million in funded capital commitments and a remaining investment period of more than two years. Affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., each an underwriter in this offering, and certain of the THL Credit Principals are existing investors in THL Credit Opportunities. On April 20, 2010, we purchased from THL Credit Opportunities, for shares of our common stock in a private placement at $15.00 per share (the estimated initial public offering price), approximately $62 million of portfolio assets, which are described elsewhere in this prospectus and which we refer to as the Initial Portfolio Assets, at their fair value as determined by our board of directors. The Initial Portfolio Assets as of April 20, 2010 are comprised of debt and equity investments in five portfolio companies (75% of the total value of which is debt and 25% of which is equity), the income producing assets of which represented 94% of the Initial Portfolio Assets and had a weighted average annualized yield of approximately 17.8%.

The manager of THL Credit Opportunities will use substantially all of THL Credit Opportunities’ remaining capital and cash on-hand to make an investment, which is expected to be approximately $82 million (40% of this offering), in our shares in this offering at the public offering price directly from us and not through the underwriters. This investment will be made through THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P., a special purpose unmanaged sister fund formed for the purpose of facilitating this investment whose only investment will be in our shares and which will vote its shares in us in the same proportion as all other shares are voted. The shares issued to purchase the Initial Portfolio Assets will also be held by THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. We will also have exclusive access immediately after the offering to the entire pipeline of potential investments being sourced by the THL Credit Principals through THL Credit Group. As of April 8, 2010, the pipeline of transactions that the THL Credit Principals were actively underwriting or pursuing included 14 sponsored deals and 16 unsponsored deals and collectively aggregated to approximately $646 million of potential transactions. In addition, as of April 8, 2010, five term sheet proposals had been issued and were currently being negotiated and these potential investments aggregated to $96 million.

We anticipate that the Initial Portfolio Assets of the Company and additional investments we make following the completion of our initial public offering would enable us to declare a dividend in the first full calendar quarter following the quarter in which this offering is completed. Any such dividend would be sourced from income and would be made only at the discretion of our board of directors. No assurance can be given that we will be able to close on any of these opportunities or that we will be able to declare such a dividend or dividends in subsequent periods. Upon completion of this offering, it is expected that THL Credit Opportunities will restrict its activities to its remaining portfolio, which will consist of two investments in senior secured loans and that the THL Credit Principals and remainder of the team will focus their efforts on our business although THL Credit Advisors is not restricted from managing additional investment funds in the future.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

The following chart sets forth the various relationships between the Company and certain affiliated parties, as well as the transactions described in the three preceding paragraphs.

THL Credit, Inc. and Affiliates

LOGO

THL Credit Advisors also serves as our administrator and leases office space to us and provides us with equipment and office services. The tasks of our administrator include overseeing our financial records, preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC and generally monitoring the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others.

We will pay THL Credit Advisors a base fee and may also pay to it incentive fees. The base fee is payable at an annual rate of 1.5% of gross assets without deduction for any liabilities. The incentive fee has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, which are largely independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. Under the ordinary income component, we will pay THL Credit Advisors 20.0% of the amount by which our accrued income for any calendar quarter after expenses (other than incentive fees) and excluding the effect of any realized capital gains and losses and any unrealized appreciation and depreciation, which we refer to as preincentive fee net investment income, exceeds a “hurdle rate” of 2.0% of our net assets as of the end of the immediately preceding quarter, subject to a “catch-up” provision pursuant to which THL Credit Advisors receives all of such income in excess of the 2.0% level but less than 2.5% and subject to a total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts.

The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, subject to the total return and deferral provisions discussed below, if preincentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter, THL Credit Advisors will receive 20.0% of our preincentive fee net investment income as if the 2.0% hurdle rate did not apply. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income will be payable except to the extent that 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter will be limited to

 

 

4


Table of Contents

the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the sum of preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Company for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Under the capital gains component, we pay THL Credit Advisors at the end of each calendar year 20.0% of our aggregate cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of that year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized depreciation, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. The structure of these fees could incentivize THL Credit Advisors to leverage our investments or seek to postpone or advance the timing of realizing income or gains in order to increase its base or incentive fees or invest in higher yielding assets or assets more likely in its view to generate capital gains in order to affect its potential incentive fees. Our board of directors will monitor the mix and performance of our investments over time and will seek to satisfy itself that THL Credit Advisors is acting in our interests and that our fee structure in general incentivizes THL Credit Advisors to do so.

Market opportunity

We intend to invest primarily in private subordinated debt investments of middle market companies. Because the general economic climate and financial markets have deteriorated since the summer of 2007, we believe opportunities to invest in solid, underserved middle market companies remain plentiful. We believe the environment for investing in middle market companies is attractive for several reasons, including:

Consolidation among commercial banks has reduced the focus on middle market business. We believe that many senior lenders have de-emphasized their service and product offerings to middle market companies in favor of lending to large corporate clients, managing capital markets transactions and providing other non-credit services to their customers. Further, many financial institutions and traditional lenders are faced with constrained balance sheets and are requiring existing borrowers to reduce leverage.

Middle market companies are increasingly seeking lenders with long-term permanent capital for debt and equity capital. We believe that many middle market companies prefer to execute transactions with private capital providers such as us, rather than execute high-yield bond or equity transactions in the public markets, which may necessitate increased financial and regulatory compliance and reporting obligations. Further, we believe many middle market companies are inclined to seek capital from a small number of providers with access to permanent capital that can satisfy their specific needs and can serve as value-added financial partners with an understanding of, and longer-term view oriented towards the growth of such businesses.

The current market environment may mean more favorable terms for investments in middle market companies . We believe the tight supply of all forms of credit due to deleveraging by banks, hedge funds and structured investment vehicles, such as CLOs, will remain for years and that this situation provides a promising environment in which to originate mezzanine investments. This has resulted in mezzanine investments being characterized by lower leverage multiples, higher current returns, greater opportunity for equity appreciation, better prepayment protection, tighter deal structures and more meaningful financial covenants. We cannot, however, provide any assurance as to the length of time this tight credit supply will persist.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Investment strategy

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through investments in privately negotiated debt and equity securities of middle market companies. We invest primarily in private subordinated debt, which in many cases includes an associated equity component such as warrants or other similar securities. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments. We expect our capital will be used to support organic growth, acquisitions, or market or product expansion, and recapitalizations. As such, our investment advisor will target companies with strong operators or management teams which maintain a strong alignment of interests in their business and are seeking capital to grow the company. In these situations, we expect a substantial portion of the shareholders’ net worth will be subordinated to our debt instrument, reinforcing this alignment of interests.

Our strategy includes an intensive and proactive sourcing of transactions by our investment advisor who will target investments in both sponsored and unsponsored middle market companies. Sponsored investments, or investments in companies that are controlled by private equity firms, will be sourced via long-standing relationships of the THL Credit Principals and ongoing development of new relationships with referral sources and equity sponsors who view our investment advisor as a partner in the transaction, rather than simply a source of capital to leverage their returns. Unsponsored investments will largely be sourced from a variety of regional and local intermediaries—including regional investment banking firms, business brokers, accountants and lawyers—rather than large commercial or investment banks. For information regarding differences between sponsored and unsponsored transactions, see “—THL Credit, Inc.” above.

We believe a strategy focused on mezzanine, or subordinated, debt in middle market companies has a number of compelling attributes. First, the market for these instruments is relatively inefficient, allowing an experienced investor an opportunity to produce high risk-adjusted returns. Second, downside risk can be managed through an extensive credit-oriented underwriting process, creative structuring techniques and intensive portfolio monitoring. We believe private mezzanine investments generally involve the highest level of credit and legal due diligence among debt or credit asset classes. Lastly, compared with equity investments, returns on mezzanine loans tend to be less volatile given the substantial current return component and seniority in the capital structure relative to equity.

Competitive advantages

We believe that, although THL Credit Advisors is a newly-organized investment advisor and has no experience managing a business development company, we possess the following competitive advantages over many other capital providers to middle market companies:

Highly experienced management team . Before joining an affiliate of THL Credit Advisors three years ago, Messrs. Hunt, Tillinghast and Stropp, who have 23 years of investment experience on average and 14 years at a minimum, have been responsible for over $40 billion in investments, which included identifying, evaluating, structuring, managing and monitoring mezzanine debt, leveraged loans, private placements and private equity investments. The THL Credit Principals have worked together extensively in the past and have invested through multiple business and credit cycles, investing across the entire capital structure with the objective of generating attractive, long-term, risk-adjusted returns. Significant to executing on the Company’s strategy will be the THL Credit Principals’ unique investment perspective and skill-set by virtue of their complementary collective experience as both debt and equity investors. In addition, we believe the THL Credit Principals bring an active equity ownership mentality and intend to focus on adding value to portfolio companies through board representation, active monitoring and direct dialogue with management.

No legacy portfolio . As a newly-formed company, we are not adversely affected by deteriorating credit quality of investments held in any legacy portfolios that were built or acquired prior to the fourth quarter of 2008. We believe this provides us with a significant competitive advantage as we will be able to deploy our available capital into investments that have been structured and priced to reflect current, rather than historical, market

 

 

6


Table of Contents

conditions. Additionally, our efforts can be more focused on sourcing and accessing new investments. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to avoid losses or deterioration in the credit quality of our investments.

National middle market origination platform. With offices in Boston, Houston and Los Angeles, THL Credit Advisors has deep and diverse national origination relationships in the mezzanine and private equity markets. These relationships provide an important channel through which our investment advisor expects to generate deal flow consistent with our investment strategy. Members of THL Credit Advisors’ investment team have relationships with investment bankers, commercial bankers (national, regional and local), lawyers, accountants and business brokers as well as access to the extensive network of THL Partners. THL Credit Advisors actively utilizes these relationships and networks to source and execute attractive investments, and maintains a database and set of reports where the details of all potential investment opportunities are tracked. Further, we believe the investment history and long-standing reputation of the THL Credit Advisors investment team members in the market allow THL Credit Advisors an early look at new investment opportunities.

Ability to execute unsponsored mezzanine transactions. THL Credit Advisors believes it is one of the few credit market participants that actively seek unsponsored investments and possesses the experience and resources to source unsponsored mezzanine transactions. Furthermore, THL Credit Advisors has the capability to perform the rigorous in-house due diligence, structuring and monitoring activities necessary to execute such transactions.

Recently originated portfolio . On April 20, 2010, we purchased the Initial Portfolio Assets from THL Credit Opportunities, an affiliated fund, for approximately $62 million in fair value (as determined by our board of directors), payable in shares of our common stock at $15.00 per share (the estimated initial public offering price); to be held by THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. The Initial Portfolio Assets currently consist of investments in five portfolio companies, including two that were originated directly with the issuer (unsponsored transactions) and three sourced directly from private equity sponsors (sponsored transactions). These investments were all closed between June 2009 and February 2010 and were reviewed, diligenced and selected in accordance with the same standards and processes to be used by THL Credit Advisors in selecting investments for the Company. The weighted average contractual return for the debt investments in the Initial Portfolio Assets, based on cash and PIK interest, but before any upfront fees, OID or potential appreciation on associated equity positions such as warrants, is 15.6%. For a summary description of the Initial Portfolio Assets, see “The Company—Portfolio Composition.”

Pipeline of prospective investments . We will have exclusive access to the entire current pipeline of investments sourced by the THL Credit Principals. As of April 8, 2010, the pipeline of transactions that the THL Credit Principals were actively underwriting or pursuing included 14 sponsored deals and 16 unsponsored deals and collectively aggregated to approximately $646 million of potential transactions. In addition, as of April 8, 2010, five term sheet proposals had been issued and were currently being negotiated and these potential investments aggregated to $96 million. Industries represented in the pipeline of transactions include consumer products, healthcare, financial and business services, media and telecommunications, among others. We believe the current and prospective opportunities available in the middle market are very attractive to investors from a risk-return standpoint. No assurance can be given that we will be able to close on any of these opportunities.

Disciplined investment process with focus on preservation of capital . Capital preservation is fundamental to THL Credit Advisors’ investment approach and process. Accordingly, THL Credit Group, whose investment professionals are essentially the same as THL Credit Advisors’ investment professionals, postponed making capital calls on 50% of the capital of THL Credit Opportunities until August 2009 and also elected not to

 

 

7


Table of Contents

deploy capital into mezzanine transactions until June 2009. In addition, THL Credit Group sold all of its broadly syndicated loan portfolio in the summer of 2008, prior to what we believe was a dramatic decline in loan prices during September and October 2008, thus preserving funds for the future. The persons at THL Credit Group responsible for these decisions are essentially the same group of persons that comprise THL Credit Advisors.

Company Information

Our administrative and executive offices are located at 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110, and our telephone number is (800) 450-4424. We maintain a website at http://www. thlcredit.com . Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus.

Risks

Investing in our Company involves a high degree of risk. Certain of these risks are referenced below.

Capital markets are currently in a period of disruption and instability, which could have a negative impact on our business and operations.

There are numerous risks relating to our business, including credit losses on our investments, the risk of loss associated with leverage if we determine at some point to use leverage, illiquidity and valuation uncertainties in our investments, low amounts of income while we are investing the proceeds of this offering, possible lack of appropriate investments, the lack of experience of our investment advisor and our dependence on such investment advisor.

There are also numerous risks relating to our investments, including the risky nature of the securities in which we invest, the subordinated nature of such investments, our potential lack of control over our portfolio companies, our limited ability to invest in public or foreign companies and the potential incentives in our investment advisor to invest more speculatively than it would if it did not have an opportunity to earn incentive fees.

We also have various risks relating to our status as a BDC, including limitations on raising additional capital, failure to qualify as a BDC and loss of tax status as a RIC.

There are also risks relating to this offering, including volatility in our stock price, the dilution resulting from this offering and the anti-takeover effect of certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation.

See “Risks” beginning on page 17 of this prospectus for a more detailed discussion of these and other material risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

The Offering

We are offering 8,200,000 shares of our common stock through a group of underwriters, which we refer to as the underwriters. We have granted to the underwriters an overallotment option to purchase up to 1,230,000 additional shares of our common stock to cover overallotments, if any. We are concurrently offering 5,466,667 shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price directly to THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. (and indirectly its investors) pursuant to this prospectus. These shares are included in the 13,666,667 shares being sold pursuant to this prospectus. Since these shares are being sold directly by us and not through the underwriters, no underwriting discount or commission will be paid to the underwriters for these shares.

 

Common Stock Outstanding After this Offering

17,813,863 shares, including 4,140,496 shares issued to acquire the Initial Portfolio Assets and excluding 1,230,000 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the overallotment option granted to the underwriters.

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Select Market Symbol

“TCRD”

 

Use of Proceeds

The net proceeds of the offering are estimated to be approximately $196.2 million (approximately $213.5 million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option to purchase additional shares in full) after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds to make investments in portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective and for general corporate purposes, including payment of operating expenses. Pending such investments, we will invest the remaining net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. These securities may have lower yields than our other investments and accordingly may result in lower distributions, if any, during such period. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Investment Management Agreement

We have entered into an investment management agreement with THL Credit Advisors, under which THL Credit Advisors, subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, manages our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory services to us. For providing these services, THL Credit Advisors receives a base management fee from us at an annual rate of 1.5% of our gross assets without deduction for any liabilities. The investment management agreement also provides that THL Credit Advisors may be entitled to an incentive fee under certain circumstances. The incentive fee has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, which are largely independent of each other, with the result that one component may be

 

 

9


Table of Contents

payable even if the other is not. Under the ordinary income component we will pay THL Credit Advisors each quarter 20.0% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income for the quarter exceeds a hurdle rate of 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) of our net assets at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a “catch-up” provision pursuant to which THL Credit Advisors receives all of such income in excess of the 2.0% level but less than 2.5% and subject to a total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts. The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, subject to the total return and deferral provisions discussed below, if preincentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter, THL Credit Advisors will receive 20.0% of our preincentive fee net investment income as if the 2.0% hurdle rate did not apply. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income will be payable except to the extent that 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter will be limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the sum of preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Company for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual.

Under the capital gains component of the incentive fee, we will pay THL Credit Advisors at the end of each calendar year 20.0% of our aggregate cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of that year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized depreciation, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees. The capital gains component of the incentive fee is not subject to any minimum return to stockholders. The investment management agreement provides that we will reimburse THL Credit

Advisors for costs and expenses incurred by THL Credit Advisors for

 

 

10


Table of Contents

office space rental, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by THL Credit Advisors of its duties under that agreement; various non-overhead expenses such as due diligence, monitoring and enforcement of our rights; and any costs and expenses incurred by THL Credit Advisors relating to any non-investment advisory, administrative or operating services provided by THL Credit Advisors to us. Many externally managed BDCs and closed-end funds pay advisory fees on the basis of net assets plus the proceeds of leverage, which would not include other liabilities and accordingly would differ from our advisory agreement to the extent we have other liabilities. See “The Advisor—Investment Management Agreement.”

 

Distributions

We intend to distribute quarterly dividends to stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. Our quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our board of directors. We anticipate that the Initial Portfolio Assets and additional investments we make following the completion of our initial public offering would enable us to declare a dividend in the first full calendar quarter following completion of the offering. Any such dividend would be sourced from income and would be made only at the discretion of our board of directors. No assurance can be given that we will be able to close on any of these opportunities or that we will be able to declare such a dividend or dividends in future periods.

 

Taxation

We intend to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a RIC. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To maintain our RIC status and obtain favorable RIC tax treatment, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. See “Distributions” and “Tax Matters.”

 

Custodian

State Street Bank and Trust Company, or State Street, serves as our Custodian. See “Custodian.”

 

Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent

American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, or AST, serves as our Transfer and Dividend Paying Agent. See “Transfer Agent.”

 

Borrowings

We may borrow money or issue debt securities from time to time within the levels permitted by the 1940 Act (which generally allows us to incur leverage for up to one-half of our assets) when the terms and conditions available are favorable to long-term investing and well-aligned with our investment strategy and portfolio composition in an effort to increase returns to our common stockholders. We do not plan to incur significant leverage, or to pay significant interest in respect thereof, until after the proceeds of this offering are substantially invested in accordance with our investment objective and do not intend to incur leverage during our first year of operations in excess of 33% of our total assets after giving effect to such leverage. Borrowing involves significant risks. See “Risks.”

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Trading at a Discount

Shares of closed-end investment companies, which are structured similarly to us, frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. The possibility that our shares may trade at a discount to our net asset value is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. Our net asset value immediately following this offering will reflect reductions resulting from the sales load and the amount of the organization and offering expenses paid by us. This risk may have a greater effect on investors expecting to sell their shares soon after completion of the public offering, and our shares may be more appropriate for long-term investors than for investors with shorter investment horizons. We cannot predict whether our shares will trade above, at or below net asset value.

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan for our stockholders. This is an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan. As a result, if we declare a cash dividend or other distribution, each stockholder that has not “opted in” to our dividend reinvestment plan will receive cash dividends, rather than having their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of shares of common stock will be subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as if they received their distributions in cash. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as certain statutory and regulatory requirements, contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change in control in circumstances that could give the holders of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the market price for our common stock. See “Description of Shares.”

In addition, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with the term of one class expiring at each annual meeting of stockholders. This structure is intended to provide us with a greater likelihood of continuity of management. A staggered board of directors also may serve to deter hostile takeovers or proxy contests, as may certain other measures we have adopted. See “Description of Shares.”

 

Administrator

Under a separate administration agreement, THL Credit Advisors also serves as our administrator. As Administrator, THL Credit Advisors oversees our financial records, prepares reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC, leases office space to us, provides us with equipment and office services and generally monitors the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. We reimburse the Administrator for its costs in providing these services.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Available Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, which contains additional information about us and the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. After completion of this offering, we will be obligated to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. This information will be available at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. See “Additional Information.”

We maintain a website at http://www.thlcredit.com and intend to make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly filed information available, free of charge, on or through our website. You may also obtain such information by contacting us at 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110, or by calling us at (800) 450-4424. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in this offering will bear directly or indirectly. However, we caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. The following table and example should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in the Company.

 

Stockholder Transaction Expenses

    

Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)

   6.25   (1

Offering Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

   0.47   (2

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees

   None      (3
        

Total Stockholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of offering price)

   6.72  
        

Annual Expenses (as a Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares)

    

Base Management Fees

   2.24   (4 )(6) 

Incentive Fees Payable Under the Investment Management Agreement (20% of ordinary income and capital gains)

   0.00   (5

Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds

   2.24   (6

Other Expenses (estimated)

   1.55   (7
        

Total Annual Expenses

   6.03  
        

Example

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses (including stockholder transaction expenses and annual expenses) that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed that we have no indebtedness and our annual operating expenses remain at the levels set forth in the table above.

 

     1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years

You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return

   $ 128    $ 242    $ 353    $ 620

While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. The incentive fee under our investment management agreement is unlikely to be material assuming a 5% annual return and is not included in the example. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments, including through the realization of capital gains, to trigger an incentive fee of a material amount, our distributions to our common stockholders and our expenses would likely be higher. In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all dividends and other distributions at net asset value, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to a participant by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of trading on the valuation date for the distribution. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

 

(1)   The underwriting discount and commission with respect to shares sold in this offering, which are one-time fees to the underwriters in connection with this offering, are the only sales load being paid in connection with this offering.

 

 

14


Table of Contents
(2)   Amount reflects estimated offering expenses of approximately $960,000 and an offering size of approximately $205,000,000.
(3)   The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan are included in “other expenses.” See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
(4)   Our base management fee under the investment management agreement is based on our gross assets without deduction for any liabilities and is payable quarterly in arrears. See “The Advisor—Investment Management Agreement.” The amount assumes borrowings of $127 million. We do not expect to have significant expense accruals at the end of each quarter and accordingly do not expect our other liabilities will have an impact on our base management fee rate in relation to net assets attributable to our common stock.
(5)   Based on our current business plan and our existing pipeline of potential investments, we anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be used within six to twelve months following completion of this offering in accordance with our investment objective. We expect that during this period we will not have any capital gains and that the amount of our interest income will not exceed the quarterly minimum hurdle rate discussed below. As a result, we do not anticipate paying any incentive fees in the first year after the completion of this offering.

The incentive fee consists of two components, ordinary income and capital gains:

            The ordinary income component, which is payable quarterly in arrears, will equal 20.0% of the excess, if any, of our “Preincentive Fee Net Investment Income” over a 2.0% quarterly (8.0% annualized) hurdle rate, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, and a “catch-up” provision, measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. Under this provision, in any calendar quarter, our investment advisor receives no incentive fee until our net investment income equals the hurdle rate of 2.0% but then receives, as a “catch-up,” 100% of our preincentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such preincentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5% subject to a total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts. The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, subject to the total return and deferral provisions discussed below, if preincentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter, our investment advisor will receive 20.0% of our preincentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply. The ordinary income component of the incentive fee will be computed on income that may include interest that is accrued but not yet received in cash. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income will be payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter will be limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the sum of preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Company for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter and accordingly there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle rate.

 

 

15


Table of Contents

            The capital gains component of the incentive fee will equal 20.0% of our “Incentive Fee Capital Gains,” if any, which will equal our aggregate cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees. The second component of the incentive fee will be payable, in arrears, at the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date), commencing with the year ending December 31, 2010. For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of this fee, see “The Advisor—Investment Management Agreement.”

(6)   We do not plan to incur significant leverage, or to pay significant interest in respect thereof, until after the proceeds of this offering are substantially invested in accordance with our investment objective and do not intend to incur leverage during our first year of operations in excess of 33% of our total assets after giving effect to such leverage. The table assumes that: (i) we maintain no cash or cash equivalents, (ii) borrow for investment purposes an amount equal to 33% of our total assets ($127 million out of total assets of $386 million) and (iii) the annual interest rate, representing interest and credit facility fees and amortization of debt issuance costs, is 4.5%.
(7)   Includes estimated organizational expenses of $191,593 (which are non-recurring) and our overhead expenses for the current fiscal year, including payments under the administration agreement based on our projected allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the administration agreement. The Administrator performs services under the Administration Agreement at cost. See “The Advisor—Administration Agreement.”

 

 

16


Table of Contents

RISKS

Before you invest in our common stock, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our common stock. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face, but they are the principal risks associated with an investment in the Company. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Certain risks in the current environment

Capital markets are currently in a period of disruption and instability. These market conditions have materially and adversely affected debt and equity capital markets in the United States and abroad, which could have a negative impact on our business and operations.

We believe that beginning in 2007, and continuing into 2010, the global capital markets entered into a period of disruption as evidenced by a lack of liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated credit market and the failure of certain major financial institutions. Despite actions of the United States federal government and foreign governments, these events have contributed to worsening general economic conditions that are materially and adversely impacting the broader financial and credit markets and reducing the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial services firms in particular. These conditions could continue for a prolonged period of time or worsen in the future. While these conditions persist, we and other companies in the financial services sector may be required to, or may choose to, seek access to alternative markets for debt and equity capital. Equity capital may be difficult to raise because, subject to some limited exceptions, we are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. In addition, the debt capital that will be available, if at all, may be at a higher cost, and on less favorable terms and conditions in the future. Conversely, the portfolio companies in which we will invest may not be able to service or refinance their debt, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition as we would experience reduced income or even losses. The inability to raise capital and the risk of portfolio company defaults may have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks related to our business

We may suffer credit losses.

Investment in middle market companies is highly speculative and involves a high degree of risk of credit loss, and therefore our securities may not be suitable for someone with a low tolerance for risk. These risks are likely to increase during an economic recession, such as the current economic recession that the U.S. and many other economies have been experiencing.

If we use borrowed funds or the proceeds of preferred stock to make investments, we will be exposed to risks typically associated with leverage which will increase the risk of investing in us.

We may borrow money and may issue debt securities or preferred stock to leverage our capital structure, which is generally considered a speculative investment technique. In connection with such leverage, we also may choose to pledge up to 100% of our assets as collateral, depending on the related terms and conditions. As a result:

 

  Ÿ  

our common shares would be exposed to incremental risk of loss; therefore, a decrease in the value of our investments would have a greater negative impact on the value of our common shares than if we did not use leverage;

 

17


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

any depreciation in the value of our assets may magnify losses associated with an investment and could totally eliminate the value of an asset to us;

 

  Ÿ  

if we do not appropriately match the assets and liabilities of our business and interest or dividend rates on such assets and liabilities, adverse changes in interest rates could reduce or eliminate the incremental income we make with the proceeds of any leverage;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be restricted if our asset coverage ratio, as provided in the 1940 Act, is not at least 200%, and any amounts used to service indebtedness or preferred stock would not be available for such dividends;

 

  Ÿ  

any credit facility would be subject to periodic renewal by our lenders, whose continued participation cannot be guaranteed;

 

  Ÿ  

such securities would be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility or affecting our investment or operating policies, and may require us to pledge assets or provide other security for such indebtedness;

 

  Ÿ  

we, and indirectly our common stockholders, bear the entire cost of issuing and paying interest or dividends on such securities;

 

  Ÿ  

if we issue preferred stock, the special voting rights and preferences of preferred stockholders may result in such stockholders’ having interests that are not aligned with the interests of our common stockholders, and the rights of our preferred stockholders to dividends and liquidation preferences will be senior to the rights of our common stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common shares; and

 

  Ÿ  

any custodial relationships associated with our use of leverage would conform to the requirements of the 1940 Act, and no creditor would have veto power over our investment policies, strategies, objectives or decisions except in an event of default or if our asset coverage was less than 200%.

Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted, as a BDC, to issue senior securities only in amounts such that our asset coverage ratio equals at least 200% after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test and we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our senior securities at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

We anticipate that our investments generally will be made in private companies. Substantially all of these securities will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will be otherwise less liquid than publicly traded securities. The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we had previously recorded our investments. Further, we may face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we or an affiliated manager has material non-public information regarding such portfolio company.

A substantial portion of our portfolio investments may be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors and, as a result, there may be uncertainty regarding the value of our portfolio investments.

The debt and equity securities in which we invest for which market quotations are not readily available will be valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a

 

18


Table of Contents

readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such investments.

We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

General interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments, the value of our common stock and our rate of return on invested capital. A reduction in the interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on current investments could also have an adverse impact on our net interest income. An increase in interest rates could decrease the value of any investments we hold which earn fixed interest rates, including subordinated loans, senior and junior secured and unsecured debt securities and loans and high-yield bonds, and also could increase our interest expense, thereby decreasing our net income. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate, which could reduce the value of our common stock.

If THL Credit Advisors is unable to manage our investments effectively, we may be unable to achieve our investment objective. In addition, THL Credit Advisors may face conflicts in allocating investment opportunities between us and certain other entities.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective will depend on our ability to manage our business, which will depend, in turn, on the ability of THL Credit Advisors to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. Accomplishing this result largely will be a function of THL Credit Advisors’ investment process and, in conjunction with its role as Administrator, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us.

THL Credit Advisors’ senior management team is also the senior management team for THL Credit Group, an affiliate of THL Credit Advisors. This affiliate manages a private credit opportunities fund that currently consists of seven investments primarily in senior secured loans. They may also be required to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. These demands on their time may distract them or slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Members of THL Credit Advisors’ senior management or its investment team are and may in the future become affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us, and may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time. We expect that Messrs. Hunt, Tillinghast and Stropp will dedicate a significant portion of their time to the activities of our business; however, they may be engaged in other business activities which could divert their time and attention in the future.

Any affiliated investment vehicle formed in the future and managed by THL Credit Advisors or its affiliates may invest in asset classes similar to those targeted by us. As a result, THL Credit Advisors may face conflicts in allocating investment opportunities between us and such other entities. Although THL Credit Advisors will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner, it is possible that we may not be given the opportunity to participate in such investments.

We may experience fluctuations in our periodic operating results.

We could experience fluctuations in our periodic operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rates payable on the debt securities we acquire, the default rate on such securities, the level of our expenses (including the interest rates payable on our borrowings), the dividend rates payable on preferred stock we issue, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

 

19


Table of Contents

Because we are a new company with no operating history, our income may be substantially lower than when our portfolio is fully invested and therefore our ability to make distributions may be limited.

We were incorporated on May 26, 2009 and have not yet commenced operations. We are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and that the value of your investment could decline substantially. Based on our current business plan and our existing pipeline of potential investments, we anticipate that it will take us up to six to twelve months following completion of this offering to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering in accordance with our investment objective. During this period, we will invest a declining portion of the net proceeds of this offering in short-term investments, such as cash and cash equivalents, which we expect will earn yields substantially lower than the interest income that we anticipate receiving in respect of investments in mezzanine loans, senior secured loans and equity securities. As a result, any distributions we make during this period may be substantially lower than the distributions that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested.

Any failure on our part to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility.

If we fail to qualify as a BDC, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility and could significantly increase our costs of doing business. Furthermore, any failure to comply with the requirements imposed on BDCs by the 1940 Act could cause the SEC to bring an enforcement action against us.

There is a risk that we may not make distributions and that we may become subject to corporate-level income tax if we do not make sufficient distributions under the Code.

We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or periodically increase our dividend rate.

As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors. Decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments will be recorded as unrealized depreciation. Any unrealized depreciation in our investment portfolio could be an indication of a portfolio company’s potential inability to meet its repayment obligations to us. This could result in realized losses in the future and ultimately in reductions of our income available for distribution in future periods.

To qualify as a RIC under the Code, we must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. The annual distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. To the extent we use debt financing or preferred stock, we may become subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements and other financial covenants under the terms of our debt or preferred stock, and could in some circumstances also become subject to similar requirements under the 1940 Act, that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to qualify as a RIC. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level income tax. To qualify as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each calendar quarter. Failure to meet these tests may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because we anticipate that most of our investments will be in private companies, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and may result in substantial losses. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for any reason and become subject to corporate-level income tax, the resulting corporate-level income taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions.

 

20


Table of Contents

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For federal income tax purposes, we may include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as original issue discount, which may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan or possibly in other circumstances, or PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such original issue discount, which could be significant relative to our overall investment activities, or increases in loan balances as a result of PIK arrangements are included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we do not receive in cash.

That part of the incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income is computed on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received in cash. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan, it is possible that accrued interest previously used in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. Although we do not pay to our investment advisor any portion of the incentive fee attributable to deferred interest until we receive such interest in cash, it is possible that we will fail to collect interest in such an amount that our preincentive fee net investment income would not have exceeded the hurdle rate for one or more quarters if such investments did not permit interest deferral. Consequently, we may make incentive fee payments on income in circumstances where we otherwise would not have done so and with respect to which we do not have a clawback right against our investment advisor. For example, if in a particular quarter our preincentive fee net investment income equals 3.0% of our net assets, of which 1.5% is attributable to cash interest and 1.5% is attributable to deferred interest, our preincentive fee net investment income will exceed the 2.0% hurdle and we will be obligated to pay an incentive fee to our investment advisor in respect of the portion that is attributable to cash interest. However, if we ultimately never collect any of the deferred interest, and had not accrued for such interest in the quarter in question, our preincentive fee net investment income would not have exceeded the hurdle and we would not have paid any incentive fee to our investment advisor.

Since we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the tax requirement to distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, to maintain our status as a RIC. Accordingly, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements.

The highly competitive market in which we operate may limit our investment opportunities.

A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we make. We compete with public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. Additionally, because competition for investment opportunities generally has increased among alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, those entities have begun to invest in areas in which they have not traditionally invested. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities intensified in recent years and may intensify further in the future. Some of our existing and potential competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions and valuation requirements that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC. We cannot assure you that the competitive pressures we face will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, as a result of this existing and potentially increasing competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we can offer no assurance that we will be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

 

21


Table of Contents

We do not seek to compete primarily based on the interest rates we offer, and we believe that some of our competitors make loans with interest rates that are comparable to or lower than the rates we offer.

We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. If we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income and increased risk of credit loss.

The lack of experience of our investment advisor and its management in operating under the constraints imposed on us as a BDC may hinder the achievement of our investment objectives.

The 1940 Act imposes numerous constraints on the operations of BDCs. For example, BDCs are required to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of private or certain U.S. public companies outside of certain financial institutions, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. THL Credit Advisors does not have experience investing under these constraints. These constraints, among others, may hinder THL Credit Advisors’ ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objectives.

We are dependent upon senior management personnel of our investment advisor for our future success, and if our investment advisor is unable to retain qualified personnel or if our investment advisor loses any member of its senior management team, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

We depend on the members of senior management of THL Credit Advisors, particularly its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer, James K. Hunt, and its Co-Presidents, Sam W. Tillinghast and W. Hunter Stropp, as well as other key personnel for the identification, final selection, structuring, closing and monitoring of our investments. These investment team members have critical industry experience and relationships that we will rely on to implement our business plan. Our future success depends on the continued service of the THL Credit Principals and the rest of our investment advisor’s senior management team. The departure of any of the members of THL Credit Advisors’ senior management or a significant number of the members of its investment team could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective. As a result, we may not be able to operate our business as we expect, and our ability to compete could be harmed, which could cause our operating results to suffer. In addition, we can offer no assurance that THL Credit Advisors will remain our investment advisor or our administrator.

Because we expect to distribute substantially all of our net investment income and net realized capital gains to our stockholders, we will need additional capital to finance our growth and such capital may not be available on favorable terms or at all.

We intend to elect to be taxed for federal income tax purposes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. If we meet certain requirements, including source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements, and if we continue to qualify as a BDC, we will continue to qualify to be a RIC under the Code and will not have to pay corporate-level taxes on income we distribute to our stockholders as dividends, allowing us to substantially reduce or eliminate our corporate-level tax liability. As a BDC, we are generally required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities, which includes all of our borrowings and any preferred stock we may issue in the future, of at least 200% at the time we issue any debt or preferred stock. This requirement limits the amount of our leverage. Because we will continue to need capital to grow our investment portfolio, this limitation may prevent us from incurring debt or preferred stock and require us to raise additional equity at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. We cannot assure you that debt and equity financing will be available to us on favorable terms, or at all, and debt financings may be restricted by the terms of any of our outstanding borrowings. In addition, as a BDC, we are generally not permitted to issue common stock priced below net asset value without stockholder approval. If additional funds are not available to us, we could be forced to curtail or cease new lending and investment activities, and our net asset value could decline.

 

22


Table of Contents

Our board of directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.

Our board of directors has the authority to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval (except as required by the 1940 Act). However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results or value of our stock. Nevertheless, the effects could adversely affect our business and impact our ability to make distributions and cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Our investment advisor and its affiliates, senior management and employees have certain conflicts of interest.

Our investment advisor, its senior management and employees serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business. Accordingly, these individuals may have obligations to investors in those entities or funds, the fulfillment of which might not be in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders. In addition, certain of the personnel employed by our investment advisor or focused on our business may change in ways that are detrimental to our business.

Risks related to our investments

The price that we paid to acquire the Initial Portfolio Assets may be greater than what an unaffiliated third-party would have paid for such Initial Portfolio Assets.

We have purchased the Initial Portfolio Assets from THL Credit Opportunities, an affiliated fund. The purchase price that we paid to acquire the Initial Portfolio Assets was the fair value of such assets as determined by our board of directors. Because the Initial Portfolio Assets are not publicly traded, there is no single market price for any of these assets and the price at which the Initial Portfolio Assets could be sold to an unaffiliated third-party may be less than the value determined by our board of directors.

Our purchase of the Initial Portfolio Assets would be prohibited under the 1940 Act if we were to make our election to be regulated as a BDC prior to such purchase.

The 1940 Act prohibits certain transactions between affiliated parties, including certain sales and purchases of securities, such as our purchase of the Initial Portfolio Assets from our affiliate, THL Credit Opportunities, absent receipt of exemptive relief from the SEC. Because we have not yet made our election to be regulated under the 1940 Act as a BDC, we are not currently prohibited from making this purchase. Once we make our election to be regulated as a BDC, we will be unable to conduct similar affiliated transactions absent the grant of exemptive relief by the SEC.

We intend to invest primarily in mezzanine debt and we may not realize gains from our equity investments.

When we invest in mezzanine debt, we may acquire warrants or other equity securities as well. In addition, we may invest directly in the equity securities of portfolio companies. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of such equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully deploy the proceeds of our initial public offering within the timeframe we have contemplated.

We currently anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be invested in accordance with our investment objective within six to twelve months following completion of our initial public offering. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to locate a sufficient number of suitable

 

23


Table of Contents

investment opportunities to allow us to successfully deploy substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering in that timeframe. To the extent we are unable to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering within our contemplated timeframe after the completion of our initial public offering, our investment income, and in turn our results of operations, will likely be adversely affected.

Our investments in prospective private and middle market portfolio companies are risky, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Investment in private and middle market companies involves a number of significant risks. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we are required to rely on the ability of THL Credit Advisors’ investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. Middle market companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment. In addition, they typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. Additionally, middle market companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us. Middle market companies also generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. In addition, our executive officers, directors and our investment advisor may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies.

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

The U.S. and most other economies have entered a recessionary period, which may be prolonged and severe. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing investments and harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its secured assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, if one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, even though we or one of our affiliates may have structured our interest in such portfolio company as senior debt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we actually provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding as equity and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to claims of other creditors.

It is anticipated that our portfolio will contain a limited number of portfolio companies, which may subject us to a greater risk of significant loss if any of these companies were to default on its obligations under any of its debt securities.

Our portfolio will consist initially of investments in five portfolio companies, which we intend to acquire from THL Credit Opportunities. We anticipate having a limited number of investments in our portfolio and consequentially the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of

 

24


Table of Contents

investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Beyond our income tax diversification requirements, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification, and our portfolio could contain relatively few portfolio companies.

We may not be in a position to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.

We do not generally intend to take controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies. To the extent that we do not hold a controlling equity interest in a portfolio company, we are subject to the risk that such portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and the stockholders and management of such portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity for the debt and equity investments that we typically hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company, and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.

In addition, we may not be in a position to control any portfolio company by investing in its debt securities. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which we invest may make business decisions with which we disagree and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve our interests as debt investors.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

We intend to invest primarily in mezzanine debt issued by our portfolio companies. The portfolio companies usually have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt securities in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the debt securities in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying such senior creditors, such portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt securities in which we invest, we would have to share any distributions on an equal and ratable basis with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

Additionally, certain loans that we make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of and be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from the sale or sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds are not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of senior debt. Under such an intercreditor agreement, at any time

 

25


Table of Contents

that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens: the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral; the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings; the approval of amendments to collateral documents; releases of liens on the collateral; and waivers of past defaults under collateral documents. We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.

Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments in order to: (1) increase or maintain in whole or in part our equity ownership percentage; (2) exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or (3) attempt to preserve or enhance the value of our initial investment.

We have the discretion to make any follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. We may elect not to make follow-on investments or otherwise lack sufficient funds to make those investments. Our failure to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make such follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our concentration of risk, because we prefer other opportunities, because we are inhibited by compliance with BDC requirements or because we desire to maintain our tax status.

Our ability to invest in public companies may be limited in certain circumstances.

To maintain our status as a BDC, we are not permitted to acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Subject to certain exceptions for follow-on investments and distressed companies, an investment in an issuer that has outstanding securities listed on a national securities exchange may be treated as qualifying assets only if such issuer has a market capitalization that is less than $250 million at the time of such investment.

Our incentive fee may induce our investment advisor to make certain investments, including speculative investments.

The incentive fee payable by us to THL Credit Advisors may create an incentive for THL Credit Advisors to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The way in which the incentive fee payable to THL Credit Advisors is determined, which is calculated separately in two components as a percentage of the interest and other ordinary income in excess of a quarterly minimum hurdle rate and as a percentage of the realized gain on invested capital, may encourage our THL Credit Advisors to use leverage or take additional risk to increase the return on our investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor the holders of our common stock, including investors in this offering, or of securities convertible into our common stock or warrants representing rights to purchase our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock. In addition, THL Credit Advisors receives the incentive fee based, in part, upon net capital gains realized on our investments. Unlike the portion of the incentive fee based on ordinary income, there is no minimum level of gain applicable to the portion of the incentive fee based on net capital gains. As a result, THL Credit Advisors may have an incentive to invest more in investments that are likely to result in capital gains as compared to income producing securities or to advance or delay realizing a gain in order to enhance its incentive fee. This practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns. A rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to certain of our debt investments and may accordingly result in a substantial increase of the amount of incentive fees payable to our investment adviser with respect to our pre-incentive fee net investment income.

 

26


Table of Contents

We may invest, to the extent permitted by law, in the securities and instruments of other investment companies, including private funds, and, to the extent we so invest, we will bear our ratable share of any such investment company’s expenses, including management and performance fees. We will also remain obligated to pay management and incentive fees to THL Credit Advisors with respect to the assets invested in the securities and instruments of other investment companies. With respect to each of these investments, each of our common stockholders will bear his or her share of the management and incentive fee of THL Credit Advisors as well as indirectly bear the management and performance fees and other expenses of any investment companies in which we invest.

Our board of directors will monitor these potential conflicts in connection with its quarterly review and valuation of our investments.

We may be obligated to pay our investment advisor incentive compensation payments even if we have incurred unrecovered cumulative losses from more than three years prior to such payments and may pay more than 20% of our net capital gains as incentive compensation payments because we cannot recover payments made in previous years.

Our investment advisor will be entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter in an amount equal to a percentage of the excess of our investment income for that quarter (before deducting incentive compensation) above a threshold return for that quarter and subject to a total return requirement. The general effect of this total return requirement is to prevent payment of the foregoing incentive compensation except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. Consequently, we may pay an incentive fee if we incurred losses more than three years prior to the current calendar quarter even if such losses have not yet been recovered in full. Thus, we may be required to pay our investment advisor incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net loss for that quarter. If we pay an incentive fee of 20.0% of our realized capital gains (net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis) and thereafter experience additional realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation, we will not be able to recover any portion of the incentive fee previously paid.

Our investments in foreign securities may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

Our investment strategy contemplates that a portion of our investments may be in securities of foreign companies in order to provide diversification or to complement our U.S. investments although we are required generally to invest at least 70% of our assets in companies organized and having their principal place of business within the U.S. and its possessions. Investing in foreign companies may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, expropriation, imposition of foreign taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility. These risks many be more pronounced for portfolio companies located or operating primarily in emerging markets, whose economies, markets and legal systems may be less developed.

Although it is anticipated that most of our investments will be denominated in U.S. dollars, our investments that are denominated in a foreign currency will be subject to the risk that the value of a particular currency may change in relation to the U.S. dollar. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation and political developments. We may employ hedging techniques to minimize these risks, but we can offer no assurance that we will, in fact, hedge currency risk or, that if we do, such strategies will be effective. As a result, a change in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our profitability.

 

27


Table of Contents

Hedging transactions may expose us to additional risks.

We may engage in currency or interest rate hedging transactions. If we engage in hedging transactions, we may expose ourselves to risks associated with such transactions. We may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions does not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions decline. However, such hedging can establish other positions designed to gain from those same developments, thereby offsetting the decline in the value of such portfolio positions. Such hedging transaction may also limit the opportunity for gain if the values of the underlying portfolio positions should increase. Moreover, it may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price.

While we may enter into transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek or be able to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations.

Risks related to our operations as a BDC

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted.

Following our election to be treated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, we will be prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with certain of our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act and we will be generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our independent directors. The 1940 Act also prohibits certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times), without prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. We will be prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any person who owns more than 25% of our voting securities or certain of that person’s affiliates, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC may limit our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may in the future require a substantial amount of capital in addition to the proceeds of this offering. We may acquire additional capital from the issuance of senior securities (including debt and preferred stock) or the issuance of additional shares of our common stock. However, we may not be able to raise additional capital in the future on favorable terms or at all. Additionally, we may only issue senior securities up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act permits us to issue senior securities only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such issuance or incurrence. If our assets decline in value and we fail to satisfy this test, we may be required to liquidate a portion of our

 

28


Table of Contents

investments and repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales or repayment may be disadvantageous, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  Ÿ  

Senior Securities . As a result of issuing senior securities, we would also be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. If we issue preferred securities, such securities would rank “senior” to common stock in our capital structure, resulting in preferred stockholders having separate voting rights, dividend and liquidation rights, and possibly other rights, preferences or privileges more favorable than those granted to holders of our common stock. Furthermore, the issuance of preferred securities could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stockholders or otherwise be in your best interest.

 

  Ÿ  

Additional Common Stock . Our board of directors may decide to issue common stock to finance our operations rather than issuing debt or other senior securities. As a BDC, we are generally not able to issue our common stock at a price below net asset value without first obtaining required approvals from our stockholders and our independent directors. Except in connection with the exercise of warrants or the conversion of convertible securities, in any such case the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price, that in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities at the relevant time. We may also make rights offerings to our stockholders at prices per share less than the net asset value per share, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. If we raise additional funds by issuing more common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time would decrease, and such stockholders may experience dilution.

Changes in the laws or regulations governing our business, or changes in the interpretations thereof, and any failure by us to comply with these laws or regulations, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Changes in the laws or regulations or the interpretations of the laws and regulations that govern BDCs, RICs or non-depository commercial lenders could significantly affect our operations and our cost of doing business. We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations and are subject to judicial and administrative decisions that affect our operations, including our loan originations, maximum interest rates, fees and other charges, disclosures to portfolio companies, the terms of secured transactions, collection and foreclosure procedures and other trade practices. If these laws, regulations or decisions change, or if we expand our business into jurisdictions that have adopted more stringent requirements than those in which we currently conduct business, we may have to incur significant expenses in order to comply, or we might have to restrict our operations. In addition, if we do not comply with applicable laws, regulations and decisions, we may lose licenses needed for the conduct of our business and may be subject to civil fines and criminal penalties.

If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to qualify as a BDC or be precluded from investing according to our current business strategy, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. See “Regulation.” We believe that most of the investments that we may acquire in the future will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could be found to be in violation of the 1940 Act provisions applicable to BDCs and possibly lose our status as a BDC, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in

 

29


Table of Contents

the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inopportune times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it may be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. For example, we may have difficulty in finding a buyer and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss.

Loss of status as a RIC would reduce our net asset value and distributable income.

We intend to qualify as a RIC under the Code. As a RIC we would not have to pay federal income taxes on our income (including realized gains) that is distributed to our stockholders, provided that we satisfy certain distribution requirements. Accordingly, we are not permitted under accounting rules to establish reserves for taxes on our unrealized capital gains. If we fail to qualify for RIC status in any year, to the extent that we had unrealized gains, we would have to establish reserves for taxes, which would reduce our net asset value and the amount potentially available for distribution. In addition, if we, as a RIC, were to decide to make a deemed distribution of net realized capital gains and retain the net realized capital gains, we would have to establish appropriate reserves for taxes that we would have to pay on behalf of stockholders. It is possible that establishing reserves for taxes could have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. See “Tax Matters.”

If we are unable to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC, we will be subject to corporate-level income tax, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

To maintain our qualification as a RIC under the Code, which is required in order for us to distribute our income without being taxed at the corporate level and to obtain favorable RIC treatment, we must meet certain income source, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. Satisfying these requirements may require us to take actions we would not otherwise take, such as selling investments at unattractive prices to satisfy diversification, distribution or source of income requirements. In addition, while we are authorized to borrow funds in order to make distributions, under the 1940 Act we are not permitted to make distributions to stockholders while we have debt obligations or other senior securities outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for any reason and become or remain subject to corporate-level income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial conditions, and thus, our stockholders.

Risks relating to this offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that the market price of shares of our common stock will not decline following the offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public trading market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that one will develop or be sustained after this offering. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined through negotiations among us and the underwriters, and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which it will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of our value. Shares of companies offered in an initial public offering often trade at a discount to the initial offering price due to sales loads, underwriting discounts and related offering expenses. Therefore, our common stock may be more appropriate for long-term investors than for investors with shorter term investment horizons and should not be treated as a trading vehicle.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate dilution upon the closing of the offering.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $0.50 per share (without exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option to purchase additional shares) because the price that you pay will be greater than the pro forma net asset value per share of the shares you acquire. This dilution is due to the expenses incurred by us in connection with the consummation of this offering. Accordingly, investors in this offering will pay a price per share that exceeds the tangible book value per share after the closing of the offering.

 

30


Table of Contents

We may use proceeds of this offering in a way with which you may not agree .

We will have significant flexibility in applying the proceeds of this offering and may use the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may not agree, or for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of this offering. We will also pay operating expenses, and may pay other expenses such as due diligence expenses of potential new investments, from the net proceeds of this offering. Our ability to achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that net proceeds of this offering, pending full investment, are used to pay expenses rather than to make investments.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

All of the approximately 9.6 million shares of our common stock to be issued to THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. (including the shares issued as payment for the Initial Portfolio Assets) are subject to a lock-up period of 180 days. Upon expiration of the lock-up period, or earlier upon the written consent of representatives of the underwriters, such shares will generally be freely tradable in the public market, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the availability of such common stock for sale, could adversely affect the prevailing market prices for our common stock. If this occurs and continues, it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of securities should we desire to do so.

Our common stock price may be volatile and may fluctuate substantially.

As with any stock, the price of our common stock will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If you sell shares, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following our initial offering by the amount of the sales load and selling expenses paid by us. Our common stock is intended for long-term investors and should not be treated as a trading vehicle. Shares of closed-end management investment companies, which are structured similarly to us, frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. Our shares may trade at a price that is less than the offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the offering.

The market price and liquidity of the market for our common shares may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

 

  Ÿ  

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of BDCs or other companies in the sector in which we operate, which are not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or BDCs;

 

  Ÿ  

loss of RIC status;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the value of our portfolio of investments;

 

  Ÿ  

any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;

 

  Ÿ  

departure of key personnel from our investment advisor;

 

  Ÿ  

operating performance of companies comparable to us;

 

  Ÿ  

general economic trends and other external factors; and

 

  Ÿ  

loss of a major funding source.

 

31


Table of Contents

Certain provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

The Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us. We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our articles of incorporation dividing our board of directors into three classes with the term of one class expiring at each annual meeting of stockholders. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change in control in circumstances that could give the holders of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the market price of our common stock.

New legislation may result in withholding on payments with respect to our common stock.

Legislation was recently enacted that changes to the rules relating to withholding on U.S.-source related payments to certain non-U.S. stockholders. See “Tax Matters—Taxation of non-U.S. Stockholders—New Legislation” below.

 

32


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

In addition to factors previously identified elsewhere in this prospectus, including the “Risks” section of this prospectus, the following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements or historical performance:

 

  Ÿ  

the introduction, withdrawal, success and timing of business initiatives and strategies;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest rate environment or financial and capital markets, which could result in changes in the value of our assets;

 

  Ÿ  

the relative and absolute investment performance and operations of our investment advisor;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of increased competition;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of future acquisitions and divestitures;

 

  Ÿ  

the unfavorable resolution of legal proceedings;

 

  Ÿ  

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact, extent and timing of technological changes and the adequacy of intellectual property protection;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of legislative and regulatory actions and reforms and regulatory, supervisory or enforcement actions of government agencies relating to us or THL Credit Advisors;

 

  Ÿ  

the ability of THL Credit Advisors to identify suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

 

  Ÿ  

our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;

 

  Ÿ  

any future financings by us;

 

  Ÿ  

the ability of THL Credit Advisors to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

 

  Ÿ  

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; and

 

  Ÿ  

the impact of changes to tax legislation and, generally, our tax position.

This prospectus, and other statements that we may make, may contain forward-looking statements with respect to future financial or business performance, strategies or expectations. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words or phrases such as “trend,” “opportunity,” “pipeline,” “believe,” “comfortable,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “current,” “intention,” “estimate,” “position,” “assume,” “potential,” “outlook,” “continue,” “remain,” “maintain,” “sustain,” “seek,” “achieve” and similar expressions, or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may” or similar expressions.

Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, which change over time. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we assume no duty to and do not undertake to update forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements do not meet the safe harbor for forward-looking statements pursuant to Section 27A of the Securities Act. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements and future results could differ materially from historical performance.

 

33


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds of the offering are estimated to be approximately $196.2 million (approximately $213.5 million if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option to purchase additional shares in full) after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of approximately $8.8 million payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds to make investments in portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective and for general corporate purposes, including payment of operating expenses. We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering will be invested in accordance with our investment objective within six to twelve months following completion of this offering, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objective and market conditions. We cannot assure you that we will achieve our targeted investment pace. In order to enhance our income in comparison to the income from cash equivalents and other short-term securities, during the period following this offering in which we are originating our initial portfolio of mezzanine debt, we may invest a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering in senior secured loans that are available in the secondary market. Over time, however, we expect that our portfolio will consist primarily of mezzanine loans, although we may also originate or invest in senior secured loans. We cannot assure you we will achieve our targeted investment pace.

Pending investments in accordance with our investment objectives and policies, we will invest the remaining net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, or “temporary investments,” and may take advantage of the liquidity of senior secured loans, as appropriate. These securities may have lower yields than our other investments and accordingly result in lower distributions, if any, by us during such period. See “Regulation—Temporary Investments” and “The Advisor—Investment Management Agreement.”

 

34


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth (1) our actual capitalization at March 15, 2010 and (2) our capitalization as adjusted to reflect the effects of the sale of our common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and organizational and offering expenses payable by us, and the sale of our common stock at $15.00 per share in exchange for the Initial Portfolio Assets. You should read this table together with “Use of Proceeds”.

 

       As of March 15, 2010  
       Actual     As Adjusted(1)  

Assets:

    

Cash

   $ 100,500      $ 196,261,407   

Deferred offering costs

     414,767     

Investments

       62,107,449   
                

Total assets

   $ 515,267      $ 258,368,856   
                

Liabilities:

    

Accrued expenses

   $ 435,000     

Due to affiliate

     171,360     

Stockholder’s equity (net deficit):

    

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 100,000,000 common shares authorized; 6,700 common shares issued and outstanding, actual; 17,813,863 common shares outstanding, as adjusted

   $ 7      $ 17,814 (2) 

Capital in excess of par value

     100,493        258,351,042   
                

Accumulated net loss

     (191,593  

Total net (deficit) assets

   $ (91,093 )(3)    $ 258,368,856   
                

Net (deficit) asset value per share

   $ (13.60   $ 14.50   
                

 

(1)   Does not include the underwriters’ overallotment option of 1,230,000 shares.
(2)   Reflects 4,140,496 shares issued in exchange for the Initial Portfolio Assets.
(3)   Shares of our common stock had a negative net asset value prior to the acquisition of the Initial Portfolio Assets.

 

35


Table of Contents

DILUTION

The potential dilution to investors in this offering is represented by the difference between the offering price per share and the pro forma net asset value, or NAV, per share after the completion of this offering. NAV per share is determined by dividing our NAV, which is our total assets less total liabilities, by the number of outstanding shares.

Immediately after the payment for the Initial Portfolio Assets and prior to completion of this offering, our NAV will be $62.0 million, or approximately $14.95 per share. After giving effect to the sale of approximately 13.7 million shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated organization and offering expenses of approximately $8.8 million payable by us, our pro forma NAV is expected to be approximately $258.4 million, or approximately $14.50 per share, representing an immediate decrease in NAV of $0.50 per share, or 3.33%, to shares sold in this offering. The foregoing assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters’ overallotment option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, there would be an immediate decrease in NAV of $0.52 per share, or 3.47%, to shares sold in this offering.

The following table illustrates the dilution to the shares on a per share basis, taking into account the assumptions set forth above:

 

Initial public offering price per share (estimated)

   $ 15.00

NAV per share after payment for the Initial Portfolio Assets and prior to completion of this offering

   $ 14.95

Pro forma NAV per share after the completion of this offering

   $ 14.50

Dilution to investors in this offering (without exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option to purchase additional shares)

   $ 0.50

 

36


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTIONS

We intend to make quarterly distributions to our stockholders commencing in the first full calendar quarter following the quarter in which this offering is completed. The timing and amount of our quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our board of directors. Any distributions to our stockholders will be declared out of assets legally available for distribution. We anticipate that the Initial Portfolio Assets and additional investments we make following the completion of our initial public offering would enable us to declare a dividend in the first full calendar quarter following completion of the offering. No assurance can be given that we will be able to close on any of these opportunities or that we will be able to declare such a dividend.

We intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To obtain RIC tax benefits, we must distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of the assets legally available for distribution. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (2) 98% of the amount by which our capital gains exceed our capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) certain undistributed amounts from previous years on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax. In addition, although we currently intend to distribute realized net capital gains (i.e., net long-term capital gains in excess of short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually, out of the assets legally available for such distributions, we may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment. In such event, the consequences of our retention of net capital gains are as described under “Tax Matters.” We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions and, if we issue senior securities, the 1940 Act asset coverage requirements or the terms of our senior securities may prevent us from making distributions.

We intend to maintain an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a cash dividend or other distribution, each stockholder that has not “opted in” to our dividend reinvestment plan will receive cash dividends, rather than having their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of shares of common stock will be subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as if they received cash distributions, but will not have received cash from us with which to pay such taxes. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

37


Table of Contents

THE COMPANY

General

We are a newly-organized, externally-managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company incorporated in Delaware on May 26, 2009. We intend to file an election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we intend to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. Our investment activities are managed by THL Credit Advisors and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of THL Credit Advisors and its affiliates. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “Regulation.”

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through investments in privately negotiated debt and equity securities of middle market companies. We invest primarily in private subordinated debt, or mezzanine debt, which in many cases includes an associated equity component such as warrants preferred stock or other similar securities. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments. We define middle market companies to mean both public and privately-held companies with annual revenues of between $25 million and $500 million. We expect to generate returns through a combination of contractual interest payments on debt investments, equity appreciation (through options, warrants, conversion rights or direct equity investments) and origination and similar fees. We can offer no assurances that we will achieve our investment objective.

We believe there are significant opportunities to finance middle market companies that require capital for growth and acquisitions. We also believe that, as a result of the recent credit crisis, a significant investment opportunity exists to invest in middle market companies requiring subordinated loans, often referred to as mezzanine loans, to recapitalize their balance sheets. Additionally, we do not intend to invest in start-up companies, operationally distressed situations or companies with speculative business plans. Furthermore, we may invest throughout an entity’s capital structure, which may include senior secured loans, common and preferred equity, options and warrants, high-yield bonds and other structured securities. In addition, we may from time to time invest up to 30% of our assets opportunistically in other types of investments, including securities of larger public companies and foreign securities. We anticipate that, over time, our investment portfolio will consist primarily of investments in mezzanine loans.

It is also our belief that a combination of sponsored and unsponsored mezzanine investments is important to having the most attractive opportunities across investment cycles, and to that end our nationwide origination efforts target both private equity sponsors and referral sources of unsponsored companies.

Unsponsored companies are either micro cap public companies or privately-held companies typically owned and controlled by entrepreneurs rather than private equity firms. We believe that unsponsored middle market companies represent a large, attractive and less competitive mezzanine investment opportunity for two primary reasons: (1) the number of unsponsored companies far exceeds the number of sponsored companies; and (2) most mezzanine investors focus primarily on sponsored companies. We also believe that investments in unsponsored companies will provide for the most attractive economics, alignment of interests with management and the greatest control for us as an investor because unsponsored companies generally have less access to capital providers.

With respect to sponsored transactions—that is, those companies controlled by private equity firms, which we refer to as sponsors—we expect the demand for leveraged buyouts to grow as mergers and acquisition activity increases, although with reduced senior lending from banks and collateralized loan obligation vehicles. We believe junior capital providers will see increasing opportunities to fill the financing gap. We expect significant demand from sponsors who need to recapitalize the balance sheets of certain of their portfolio companies or, in certain situations, acquire portfolio companies.

We are generally required to invest at least 70% of our total assets primarily in securities of private and certain U.S. public companies (other than certain financial institutions), cash, cash equivalents and U.S. Government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less.

 

38


Table of Contents

We may borrow money from time to time within the levels permitted by the 1940 Act (which generally allows us to incur leverage for up to one half of our assets) when the terms and conditions available are favorable to long-term investing and well-aligned with our investment strategy and portfolio composition. We do not plan to incur significant leverage, or to pay significant interest in respect thereof, until after the proceeds of this offering are substantially invested in accordance with our investment object and do not intend to incur leverage during our first year of operations in excess of 33% of our total assets after giving effect to such leverage. In determining whether to borrow money, we will analyze the maturity, covenant package and rate structure of the proposed borrowings as well as the risks of such borrowings compared to our investment outlook. The use of borrowed funds or the proceeds of preferred stock to make investments would have its own specific set of benefits and risks, and all of the costs of borrowing funds or issuing preferred stock would be borne by holders of our common stock.

THL Credit Advisors LLC

Our investment activities are managed by our investment advisor, THL Credit Advisors. THL Credit Advisors is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting research on prospective investments, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments, and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. THL Credit Advisors was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on June 26, 2009 and is in the process of being registered as an investment advisor under the Advisers Act. THL Credit Advisors is led by James K. Hunt, Sam W. Tillinghast and W. Hunter Stropp, who, along with Terrence W. Olson, Christopher J. Flynn, Gregory S. Hammer and Kunal M. Soni, constitute its principals. We refer to these individuals collectively as the THL Credit Principals. The THL Credit Principals and other investment professionals make up our investment team. THL Credit Advisors is owned and controlled by the THL Credit Principals and a partnership consisting of certain of the partners of THL Partners.

Before joining THL Credit Group, an affiliate of THL Credit Advisors, in 2007, Messrs. Hunt, Tillinghast and Stropp, who collectively have investment experience of 23 years on average and 14 years at a minimum, were responsible for over $40 billion in investments over the period from 1990 to 2006. Messrs. Hunt and Tillinghast separately had ultimate investment authority for SunAmerica Corporate Finance and the Private Placement Group of AIG, respectively, where these investments were made. The responsibilities of these individuals included sourcing, identifying, evaluating, structuring, managing and monitoring mezzanine debt, leveraged loans, private placements and private equity investments. Over the past three years, these individuals have held ultimate responsibility for approximately $230 million in investments. The THL Credit Principals have worked together extensively in the past and have invested through multiple business and credit cycles, investing across the entire capital structure. We believe the THL Credit Principals bring a unique investment perspective and skill set by virtue of their complementary, collective experience as both debt and equity investors. In addition, we believe they bring an active equity ownership mentality and intend to focus on adding value to portfolio companies through board representation, when possible, active monitoring and direct dialogue with management. We can provide no assurance that we will replicate the historical performance of the THL Credit Principals.

Through THL Credit Group, an affiliated entity composed of essentially the same investment professionals as THL Credit Advisors, our investment team currently manages THL Credit Opportunities, a private credit opportunities fund with approximately $162.6 million in funded capital commitments and a remaining investment period of more than two years. Affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., each an underwriter in this offering, and certain of the THL Credit Principals, are existing investors in THL Credit Opportunities. On April 20, 2010, we purchased from THL Credit Opportunities, for shares of our common stock in a private placement at $15.00 per share (the estimated initial public offering price), approximately $62 million of Initial Portfolio Assets at their fair value as determined by our board of directors. The Initial Portfolio Assets as of April 20, 2010 are comprised of debt and equity investments in five portfolio companies (75% of the total value of which is debt and 25% of which is equity), the income

 

39


Table of Contents

producing assets of which represented 94% of the Initial Portfolio Assets and had a weighted average annualized yield of approximately 17.8%.

The manager of THL Credit Opportunities will use substantially all of THL Credit Opportunities’ remaining capital and cash on-hand to make an investment, which is expected to be approximately $82 million (40% of this offering), in our shares in this offering at the public offering price directly from us and not through the underwriters. This investment will be made through THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P., a special purpose unmanaged sister fund formed for the purpose of facilitating this investment whose only investment will be in our shares and which will vote its shares in us in the same proportion as all other shares are voted. The shares issued to purchase the Initial Portfolio Assets will also be held by THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. We will also have exclusive access immediately after the offering to the entire pipeline of potential investments being sourced by the THL Credit Principals through THL Credit Group. As of April 8, 2010, the pipeline of transactions that the THL Credit Principals were actively underwriting or pursuing included 14 sponsored deals and 16 unsponsored deals and collectively aggregated to approximately $646 million of potential transactions. In addition, as of April 8, 2010, five term sheet proposals had been issued and were currently being negotiated and these potential investments aggregated to $96 million.

We anticipate that the Initial Portfolio Assets of the Company and additional investments we make following the completion of our initial public offering would enable us to declare a dividend in the first full calendar quarter following the quarter in which this offering is completed. Any such dividend would be sourced from income and would be made only at the discretion of our board of directors. No assurance can be given that we will be able to close on any of these opportunities or that we will be able to declare such a dividend or dividends in subsequent periods. Upon completion of this offering, it is expected that THL Credit Opportunities will restrict its activities to its remaining portfolio, which will consist of two investments in senior secured loans and that the THL Credit Principals and remainder of the team will focus their efforts on our business although THL Credit Advisors is not restricted from managing additional investment funds in the future.

The following chart sets forth the various relationships between the Company and certain affiliated parties, as well as the transactions described in the three preceding paragraphs.

THL Credit, Inc. and Affiliates

LOGO

THL Credit Advisors also serves as our administrator and leases office space to us and provides us with equipment and office services. The tasks of our administrator include overseeing our financial records, preparing

 

40


Table of Contents

reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC and generally monitoring the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others.

None of the THL Credit Principals has ever been a partner or employee of THL Partners. However, a partnership consisting of certain partners of THL Partners holds a 50% economic interest in THL Credit Advisors, subject to certain preferred payment obligations if such partnership makes additional capital contributions in excess of its original investment in THL Credit Advisors. We expect to benefit from THL Credit Advisors’ relationship with THL Partners. Founded in 1974, THL Partners is one of the oldest and largest private equity investment firms in the United States. Since its establishment, THL Partners has raised approximately $22 billion of equity capital and together with its affiliates, completed acquisitions of more than 100 businesses, with an aggregate purchase price in excess of $125 billion and over 200 add-on transactions. THL Partners focuses its high value-added strategy on growth businesses and seeks to partner with the best managers in an industry to build great companies. THL Credit Advisors will have access to the contacts and industry knowledge of THL Partners’ investment team to enhance its transaction sourcing capabilities and will also be able to consult with the THL Partners team on specific industry issues, trends and other matters to complement our investment process.

We will pay THL Credit Advisors a base fee and may also pay to it incentive fees. The base fee is payable at an annual rate of 1.5% of gross assets without deduction for any liabilities. The incentive fee has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, which are largely independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. Under the ordinary income component, we will pay THL Credit Advisors 20.0% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income exceeds a “hurdle rate” of 2.0% of our net assets as of the end of the immediately preceding quarter, subject to a “catch-up” provision pursuant to which THL Credit Advisors receives all of such income in excess of the 2.0% level but less than 2.5% and subject to a total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts.

The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, subject to the total return and deferral provisions discussed below, if preincentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter, THL Credit Advisors will receive 20.0% of our preincentive fee net investment income as if the 2.0% hurdle rate did not apply. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income will be payable except to the extent that 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter will be limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the sum of preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Company for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as payment-in-kind interest, or PIK, or original issue discount, or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Under the capital gains component, we pay THL Credit Advisors at the end of each calendar year 20.0% of our aggregate cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of that year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized depreciation, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. The structure of these fees could incentivize THL Credit Advisors to leverage our investments or seek to postpone or advance the timing of realizing income or gains in order to increase its base or incentive fees or invest in higher yielding assets or assets more likely in its view to generate capital gains in order to affect its potential incentive fees. Our board of directors will monitor the mix and performance of our investments over time and will seek to satisfy itself that THL Credit Advisors is acting in our interests and that our fee structure in general incentivizes THL Credit Advisors to do so.

 

41


Table of Contents

Market opportunity

We intend to invest primarily in private subordinated debt investments of middle market companies. Because the general economic climate and financial markets have deteriorated since the summer of 2007, we believe opportunities to invest in solid, underserved middle market companies remain plentiful. We believe the environment for investing in middle market companies is attractive for several reasons, including:

Consolidation among commercial banks has reduced the focus on middle market business. We believe that many senior lenders have de-emphasized their service and product offerings to middle market companies in favor of lending to large corporate clients, managing capital markets transactions and providing other non-credit services to their customers. Further, many financial institutions and traditional lenders are faced with constrained balance sheets and are requiring existing borrowers to reduce leverage.

Middle market companies are increasingly seeking lenders with long-term permanent capital for debt and equity capital. We believe that many middle market companies prefer to execute transactions with private capital providers such as us, rather than execute high-yield bond or equity transactions in the public markets, which may necessitate increased financial and regulatory compliance and reporting obligations. Further, we believe many middle market companies are inclined to seek capital from a small number of providers with access to permanent capital that can satisfy their specific needs and can serve as value-added financial partners with an understanding of, and longer-term view oriented towards the growth of such businesses.

The current market environment may mean more favorable terms for investments in middle market companies . We believe the tight supply of all forms of credit due to deleveraging by banks, hedge funds and structured investment vehicles, such as CLOs, will remain for years and that this situation provides a promising environment in which to originate mezzanine investments. This has resulted in mezzanine investments being characterized by lower leverage multiples, higher current returns, greater opportunity for equity appreciation, better prepayment protection, tighter deal structures and more meaningful financial covenants. We cannot, however, provide any assurance as to the length of time this tight credit supply will persist.

Investment strategy

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through investments in privately negotiated debt and equity securities of middle market companies. We invest primarily in private subordinated debt, which in many cases includes an associated equity component such as warrants or other similar securities. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments. We expect our capital will be used to support organic growth, acquisitions, or market or product expansion, and recapitalizations. As such, our investment advisor will target companies with strong operators or management teams which maintain a strong alignment of interests in their business and are seeking capital to grow the company. In these situations, we expect a substantial portion of the shareholders’ net worth will be subordinated to our debt instrument, reinforcing this alignment of interests.

Our strategy includes an intensive and proactive sourcing of transactions by our investment advisor who will target investments in both sponsored and unsponsored middle market companies. Sponsored investments, or investments in companies that are controlled by private equity firms, will be sourced via long-standing relationships of the THL Credit Principals and ongoing development of new relationships with referral sources and equity sponsors who view our investment advisor as a partner in the transaction, rather than simply a source of capital to leverage their returns. Unsponsored investments will largely be sourced from a variety of regional and local intermediaries—including regional investment banking firms, business brokers, accountants and lawyers—rather than large commercial or investment banks. For information regarding differences between sponsored and unsponsored transactions, see “—General” above.

We believe a strategy focused on mezzanine debt in middle market companies has a number of compelling attributes. First, the market for these instruments is relatively inefficient, allowing an experienced investor an opportunity to produce high risk-adjusted returns. Second, downside risk can be managed through an extensive

 

42


Table of Contents

credit-oriented underwriting process, creative structuring techniques and intensive portfolio monitoring. We believe private mezzanine investments generally involve the highest level of credit and legal due diligence among debt or credit asset classes. Lastly, compared with equity investments, returns on mezzanine loans tend to be less volatile given the substantial current return component and seniority in the capital structure relative to equity.

Competitive advantages

We believe that, although THL Credit Advisors is a newly-organized investment advisor and has no experience managing a business development company, we possess the following competitive advantages over many other capital providers to middle market companies:

Highly experienced management team . Before joining an affiliate of THL Credit Advisors three years ago, Messrs. Hunt, Tillinghast and Stropp, who have 23 years of investment experience on average and 14 years at a minimum, have been responsible for over $40 billion in investments, which included identifying, evaluating, structuring, managing and monitoring mezzanine debt, leveraged loans, private placements and private equity investments. The THL Credit Principals have worked together extensively in the past and have invested through multiple business and credit cycles, investing across the entire capital structure with the objective of generating attractive, long-term, risk-adjusted returns. Significant to executing on the Company’s strategy will be the THL Credit Principals’ unique investment perspective and skill-set by virtue of their complementary collective experience as both debt and equity investors. In addition, we believe the THL Credit Principals bring an active equity ownership mentality and intend to focus on adding value to portfolio companies through board representation, active monitoring and direct dialogue with management.

No legacy portfolio . As a newly-formed company, we are not adversely affected by deteriorating credit quality of investments held in any legacy portfolios that were built or acquired prior to the fourth quarter of 2008. We believe this provides us with a significant competitive advantage as we will be able to deploy our available capital into investments that have been structured and priced to reflect current, rather than historical, market conditions. Additionally, our efforts can be more focused on sourcing and accessing new investments. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to avoid losses or deterioration in the credit quality of our investments.

National middle market origination platform. With offices in Boston, Houston and Los Angeles, THL Credit Advisors has deep and diverse national origination relationships in the mezzanine and private equity markets. These relationships provide an important channel through which our investment advisor expects to generate deal flow consistent with our investment strategy. Members of THL Credit Advisors’ investment team have relationships with investment bankers, commercial bankers (national, regional and local), lawyers, accountants and business brokers as well as access to the extensive network of THL Partners. THL Credit Advisors actively utilizes these relationships and networks to source and execute attractive investments, and maintains a database and set of reports where the details of all potential investment opportunities are tracked. Further, we believe the investment history and long-standing reputation of the THL Credit Advisors investment team members in the market allow THL Credit Advisors an early look at new investment opportunities.

Ability to execute unsponsored mezzanine transactions. THL Credit Advisors believes it is one of the few credit market participants that actively seek unsponsored investments and possesses the experience and resources to source unsponsored mezzanine transactions. Furthermore, THL Credit Advisors has the capability to perform the rigorous in-house due diligence, structuring and monitoring activities necessary to execute such transactions.

Recently originated portfolio . On April 20, 2010, we purchased the Initial Portfolio Assets from THL Credit Opportunities, an affiliated fund, for approximately $62 million in fair value (as determined by our board of directors), payable in shares of our common stock at $15.00 per share (the estimated initial public offering price); to be held by THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. The Initial Portfolio Assets currently consist of

 

43


Table of Contents

investments in five portfolio companies, including two that were originated directly with the issuer (unsponsored transactions) and three sourced directly from private equity sponsors (sponsored transactions). These investments were all closed between June 2009 and February 2010 and were reviewed, diligenced and selected in accordance with the same standards and processes to be used by THL Credit Advisors in selecting investments for the Company. The weighted average contractual return for the debt investments in the Initial Portfolio Assets, based on cash and PIK interest, but before any upfront fees, OID or potential appreciation on associated equity positions such as warrants, is 15.6%. For a summary description of the Initial Portfolio Assets, see “The Company—Portfolio Composition.”

Pipeline of prospective investments . We will have exclusive access to the entire current pipeline of investments sourced by the THL Credit Principals. As of April 8, 2010, the pipeline of transactions that the THL Credit Principals were actively underwriting or pursuing included 14 sponsored deals and 16 unsponsored deals and collectively aggregated to approximately $646 million of potential transactions. In addition, as of April 8, 2010, five term sheet proposals had been issued and were currently being negotiated and these potential investments aggregated to $96 million. Industries represented in the pipeline of transactions include consumer products, healthcare, financial and business services, media and telecommunications, among others. We believe the current and prospective opportunities available in the middle market are very attractive to investors from a risk-return standpoint. No assurance can be given that we will be able to close on any of these opportunities.

Disciplined investment process with focus on preservation of capital . Capital preservation is fundamental to THL Credit Advisors’ investment approach and process. Accordingly, THL Credit Group, whose investment professionals are essentially the same as THL Credit Advisors’ investment professionals, postponed making capital calls on 50% of the capital of THL Credit Opportunities until August 2009 and also elected not to deploy capital into mezzanine transactions until June 2009. In addition, THL Credit Group sold all of its broadly syndicated loan portfolio in the summer of 2008, prior to what we believe was a dramatic decline in loan prices during September and October 2008, thus preserving funds for the future. The persons at THL Credit Group responsible for these decisions are essentially the same group of persons that comprise THL Credit Advisors.

Operating and regulatory structure

Our investment and administrative activities are managed by THL Credit Advisors and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent. As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements under the 1940 Act. We will elect to be treated for federal income taxes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

Portfolio composition

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through investments in privately negotiated debt and equity securities of middle market companies. We invest primarily in private subordinated debt, which in many cases includes an associated equity component such as warrants or other similar securities. In certain instances we will also make direct equity investments. We do not intend to invest in start-up companies, operationally distressed situations or companies with speculative business plans. In order to achieve our investment objective, we will seek to compose a portfolio that will include primarily mezzanine loans by investing an average of approximately $10 million to $25 million of capital per transaction. Generally, mezzanine loans rank subordinate in priority of payment to senior debt, such as senior bank debt, and are often unsecured. However, mezzanine loans rank senior to common and preferred equity in a borrowers’ capital structure. Typically, mezzanine loans have elements of both debt and equity instruments, offering the fixed returns in the form of interest payments associated with debt, while providing lenders an opportunity to participate in the capital appreciation of a borrower, if any, through an equity interest. This equity interest typically takes the form of warrants to purchase common stock. Due to its higher risk profile and often less restrictive covenants as compared to senior loans, mezzanine loans generally earn a higher return than senior secured loans. The warrants associated with mezzanine loans are typically detachable, which allows lenders to

 

44


Table of Contents

receive repayment of their principal on an agreed amortization schedule while retaining their equity interest in the borrower. We believe that mezzanine loans offer an attractive investment opportunity based upon their historic returns and resilience during economic downturns.

We may invest throughout an entity’s capital structure, which may include senior secured loans, common and preferred equity, options and warrants, high-yield bonds and other structured securities.

In order to enhance our income in comparison to the income from cash equivalents and other short-term securities, during the period following this offering in which we are originating our initial portfolio of mezzanine debt, we may invest a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering in senior secured loans that are available in the secondary market. Over time, however, we expect that our portfolio will consist primarily of mezzanine loans, although we may also originate or invest in senior secured loans.

In addition, we may invest up to 30% of our portfolio in opportunistic investments which will be intended to diversify or complement the remainder of our portfolio and to enhance our returns to stockholders. These investments may include high-yield bonds, private equity investments, securities of public companies that are broadly traded and securities of non-U.S. companies. We expect that these public companies generally will have debt securities that are non-investment grade.

We will not invest in any portfolio company in which THL Partners or an affiliate of THL Partners already has an investment at the time or in which it is making an investment.

On April 20, 2010, we purchased from THL Credit Opportunities, for shares of our common stock at $15.00 per share (the estimated initial public offering price), the Initial Portfolio Assets at their fair value (approximately $62 million as of April 20, 2010) as determined by our board of directors.

 

45


Table of Contents

The securities purchased under this arrangement as of April 20, 2010 are as follows:

 

Portfolio company/Type of Investment (1)

 

Industry

   Principal / No.
of shares / No.
of Units
   Fair Value(2)   Percentage
of Class
Held
 

Non-control investments

         

Anytime Worldwide, LLC

         

12181 Margo Avenue South

Hastings, MN 55033

  Recreation &        

Senior Secured Note, 16.0%, due 12/11/14

 

Leisure

   $ 12,900,000    $ 12,335,860  

Class A Units(3)

  Services      157,257.10    $ 564,140   31.41

Warrant for Class B Units

          —    
             
        $ 12,900,000  

Food Processing Holdings, LLC

         

130 Quality Drive

Albertville, AL 35950

  Food        

Senior Subordinated Note, 13.5% cash

  Processing    $ 12,045,405    $ 11,473,976  

2.0% PIK, due 8/10/15(7)

  Services        

Class A Units

       162.44    $ 163,268   2.00

Class B Units

       406.09    $ 408,161   2.00
             
        $ 12,045,405  

JDC Healthcare Management, LLC

         

3101 L.B.J. Freeway

Dallas, TX 75234

  Healthcare,        

Senior Subordinated Note, 12.0% cash

  Dental    $ 10,302,608    $ 9,684,859  

3.5% PIK, due 6/16/14

  Services        

Member interest(4)(5)

       1,393    $ 1,393,209   66.67
             
        $ 11,078,068  

LCP Capital Fund LLC

         

40 Wall St.

New York, NY 10005

  Financial        

Member interest(5)(6)

  Services    $ 12,000,000    $ 12,000,000   24.00
             
        $ 12,000,000  

Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.

         

5501 W. Gray St.

Tampa, FL 33609

  Healthcare,        

Senior Subordinated Note, 13.5% cash

  Ambulatory    $ 13,170,933    $ 12,798,609  

2.0% PIK, due 6/24/15

  Surgery        

Preferred Stock, 19.0% dividend rate

  Centers      913.04    $ 895,546   60.87

Member interest(4)(5)

       389,821    $ 389,821   0.98
             
        $ 14,083,976  

Total Portfolio Investments

        $ 62,107,449  
             

 

(1)   All debt investments are income producing. Equity and member interests are non-income producing unless otherwise noted.
(2)   Fair value as determined by the board of directors of the Company as of April 20, 2010.
(3)   Comprised of 157,100 Class A Financial Units and 157.10 Class A Governance Units.
(4)   Equity ownership may be held in shares or units of companies related to the portfolio company.
(5)   Member interests of limited liability companies are the equity equivalents of the stock of corporations.
(6)   Income producing security.
(7)   Interest held in a company related to the portfolio company.

 

46


Table of Contents

The following Statement of Assets and Liabilities reflects our purchase of the Initial Portfolio Assets on April 20, 2010.

THL CREDIT, INC.

Statement of Assets and Liabilities

As of April 20, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

Assets

  

Cash

   $ 100,500   

Investments, at fair value

     62,107,449   

Deferred offering costs

     859,800   
        

Total assets

   $ 63,067,749   
        
  

Liabilities and Net Assets

  

Liabilities

  

Accrued expenses

     880,033   

Due to affiliate

     171,360   
        

Total liabilities

     1,051,393   
        
  
Net Assets   

Common stock, par value $0.001, 100,000,000 common shares authorized 4,147,196 common shares issued and outstanding

     4,147   

Capital in excess of par

     62,203,802   

Accumulated net loss

     (191,593
        

Total net assets

     62,016,356   
        

Total liabilities and net assets

   $ 63,067,749   
        

Net asset value per common share outstanding

   $ 14.95   
        

Set forth below is a brief description of each portfolio company that comprises the Initial Portfolio Assets:

Anytime Worldwide, LLC

Anytime Worldwide is one of the leading 24-hour, co-ed fitness franchise concept, with over 1,300 clubs opened and nearly 800,000 members across the U.S., Canada, Australia and New Zealand.

Food Processing Holdings LLC

Food Holdings provides specialized further processing services for protein-based products, and focuses on complex, quick turnaround runs that meet the stringent specifications of its restaurant, foodservice and retail customers.

JDC Healthcare Management, LLC

Jefferson Dental is one of the largest privately owned dental practice management companies in Texas, with 27 affiliated dental offices focused on providing high-quality patient care targeting the Hispanic community in the Dallas/Fort Worth metropolitan area.

LCP Capital Fund LLC

LCP Capital Fund, an investment company that was organized to provide third-party capital to allow banks to achieve rating, regulatory, accounting, tax, or other objectives with respect to their asset-backed commercial paper programs. The sponsoring banks provide significant credit, financial and operational support. The capital may be in the form of credit default swaps, subordinated debt, preferred stock or other forms of equity.

 

47


Table of Contents

Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.

Surgery Partners is a leading operator of 11 ambulatory surgical centers, providing outpatient surgical procedures in a variety of practice specialties.

Investment selection

Our value-oriented investment philosophy is primarily focused on maximizing yield relative to risk. Upon identifying a potential opportunity, THL Credit Advisors performs an initial screen to determine whether pursuing intensive due diligence is merited. As part of this process, we have identified several criteria we believe are important in evaluating and investing in prospective portfolio companies. These criteria provide general guidelines for our investment decisions. However, each prospective portfolio company in which we choose to invest may not meet all of these criteria.

Value orientation/positive cash flow . Our investment philosophy places a premium on fundamental credit analysis and has a distinct value orientation. We intend to generally focus on companies in which we can invest at relatively low multiples of operating cash flow and that are profitable at the time of investment on an operating cash flow basis. Although we will obtain liens on collateral when appropriate and available, we are primarily focused on the predictability of future cash flow. We do not expect to invest in start-up companies or companies with speculative business plans.

Seasoned management with significant equity ownership . Strong, committed management teams are important to the success of an investment and we intend to invest in companies where strong management teams are either already in place or where new management teams have been identified. Additionally, we generally require the portfolio companies to have in place compensation provisions that appropriately incentivize management to succeed and to act in our interests as investors.

Strong competitive position . We seek to invest in companies that have developed competitive advantages and defensible market positions within their respective markets and are well positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities.

Exit strategy . We seek companies that we believe will generate consistent cash flow to repay our loans and reinvest in their respective businesses. We expect such internally generated cash flow in portfolio companies to be a key means by which we exit from our investments over time. In addition, we will also seek to invest in companies whose business models and expected future cash flows offer attractive exit possibilities for the equity component of our returns. These companies include candidates for strategic acquisition by other industry participants and companies that may repay our investments through an initial public offering of common stock or another capital market transaction.

Due diligence and investment process

We employ a rigorous and disciplined underwriting and due diligence process. Our process includes a comprehensive understanding of a borrower’s industry, market, operational, financial, organizational and legal position and prospects. We seek borrowers who have proven management teams that have a vested interest in the company in the form of a meaningful level of equity ownership, who generate cash flow that is stable and predictable, and whose market position is defensible. We will invest in companies with the expectation that we will own the investment through a complete business cycle, and possibly a recession, and we determine the appropriate amount of debt for the company accordingly. In addition, we view a sale of the company which might result in a refinancing of our investment as a possibility but not an expectation. We conduct thorough reference and background checks on senior management for all mezzanine transactions. Our intention is to craft strong and lender-friendly credit agreements with covenants, events of default, remedies and inter-creditor agreements being an integral part of our legal documents.

 

48


Table of Contents

Our due diligence typically includes the following elements (although not all elements will necessarily form part of every due diligence project):

Issuer Characteristics : key levers of the business including a focus on drivers of cash flow and growth; revenue visibility; customer and supplier concentrations; historical revenue and margin trends; fixed versus variable costs; free cash flow analysis; company versus industry performance; and sensitivity analysis around various future performance scenarios (with a focus on downside scenario analysis);

Industry Analysis : including the company’s position within the context of the general economic environment and relevant industry cycles; industry size and growth rates; competitive landscape; barriers to entry and potential new entrants; product position and defensibility of market share; technological, regulatory and similar threats; and pricing power and cost considerations;

Management : including the quality, breadth and depth of the issuer’s management; track record and prior experience; background checks; reputation; compensation and equity incentives; corporate overhead; and motivation; interviews with management, employees, customers and vendors;

Financial Analysis : an understanding of relevant financial ratios and statistics, including various leverage, liquidity, free cash flow and fixed charge coverage ratios; impact on ratios in various future performance scenarios and comparison of ratios to industry competitors; satisfaction with the auditor of the financial statements; quality of earnings analysis;

Capital Structure : diverse considerations regarding leverage (including understanding seniority and leverage multiples); ability to service debt; collateral and security protections; covenants and guarantees; equity investment amounts and participants (where applicable); and review of other significant structural terms and pertinent legal documentation; and

Collateral and Enterprise Value : analysis of relevant collateral coverage, including assets on a liquidation basis and enterprise value on a going concern basis; matrix analysis of cash flow and valuation multiples under different scenarios along with recovery estimates; comparison to recent transaction multiples and valuations.

Investment committee

The purpose of the Investment Committee is to evaluate and approve as deemed appropriate all investments by THL Credit Advisors. The committee process is intended to bring the diverse experience and perspectives of the committee’s members to the analysis and consideration of every investment. The committee also serves to provide investment consistency and adherence to THL Credit Advisors’ investment philosophies and policies. The investment committee also determines appropriate investment sizing and suggests ongoing monitoring requirements.

In addition to reviewing investments, the committee meetings serve as a forum to discuss credit views and outlooks. Potential transactions and deal flow are also reviewed on a regular basis. Members of our investment team are encouraged to share information and views on credits with the committee early in their analysis. This process improves the quality of the analysis and assists the deal team members to work more efficiently.

Each transaction is presented to the investment committee in a formal written report. Our investment committee currently consists of James K. Hunt, Sam W. Tillinghast, W. Hunter Stropp, Gregory S. Hammer, Christopher J. Flynn and Kunal M. Soni. To approve a new investment, or to exit or sell an existing investment, the consent of four of the six members of the committee is required, with Mr. Hunt, the Chief Investment Officer, having veto power.

 

49


Table of Contents

Each member of our investment committee performs a similar role for THL Credit Opportunities, which is a private investment fund that currently has $162.6 million in funded capital commitments and is subject to performance fees based on positive cumulative total return.

Investment structure

Once we have determined that a prospective portfolio company is suitable for investment, we work with the management of that company and its other capital providers, including, as applicable, senior, junior, and equity capital providers, to structure an investment. We negotiate among these parties to agree on how our investment is expected to perform relative to the other capital in the portfolio company’s capital structure.

We anticipate structuring our mezzanine investments primarily as unsecured, subordinated loans that provide for relatively high, fixed interest rates that will provide us with significant current interest income. These loans typically will have interest-only payments in the early years, with amortization of principal deferred to the later years. In some cases, we may enter into loans that, by their terms, convert into equity or additional debt securities or defer payments of interest for the first few years after our investment. Also, in some cases our mezzanine loans will be collateralized by a subordinated lien on some or all of the assets of the borrower. Typically, our mezzanine loans will have maturities of five to ten years. In determining whether a prospective mezzanine loan investment satisfies our investment criteria, we will generally seek a high total return potential, although there can be no assurance we will find investments satisfying that criterion or that any such investments will perform in accordance with expectations. To the extent we invest in senior secured loans, we expect such loans to have terms of three to ten years and may provide for deferred interest payments in the first few years of the term of the loan. To the extent we invest in senior secured loans, we will obtain security interests in the assets of these portfolio companies that will serve as collateral in support of the repayment of these loans. This collateral may take the form of first or second priority liens on the assets of a portfolio company. We expect that the interest rate on senior secured loans generally will range between 2% and 10% over the London Interbank Offer Rate, or LIBOR, which is a rate that changes daily and reflects the rate at which large banks lend to one another.

We will tailor the terms of the investment to the facts and circumstances of the transaction and the prospective portfolio company, negotiating a structure that protects our rights and manages our risk while creating incentives for the portfolio company to achieve its business plan and improve its profitability. We will seek to limit the downside potential of our investments by:

 

  Ÿ  

requiring a total return on our investments (including both interest and potential equity appreciation) that compensates us for credit risk; and

 

  Ÿ  

negotiating covenants in connection with our investments that afford our portfolio companies as much flexibility in managing their businesses as possible, consistent with preservation of our capital. Such restrictions may include affirmative and negative covenants, default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and board rights, including either observation or rights to a seat on the board under some circumstances or participation rights.

Our investments may include equity features, such as warrants or options to buy a minority interest in the portfolio company. We expect that any warrants we receive with our debt securities generally will require only a nominal cost to exercise, and thus, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest. We may structure the warrants to provide provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder, as well as puts, or rights to sell such securities back to the company, upon the occurrence of specified events. In many cases, we will also obtain registration rights in connection with these equity interests, which may include demand and “piggyback” registration rights.

Managerial assistance

As a BDC, we will offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of

 

50


Table of Contents

portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. We may receive fees for these services and will reimburse THL Credit Advisors as our Administrator for its allocated costs in providing such assistance subject to review and approval by our board of directors. THL Credit Advisors will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance.

Monitoring

We view active portfolio monitoring as a vital part of our investment process. We consider board observation rights, regular dialogue with company management and sponsors, and detailed internally generated monitoring reports to be critical to our performance. We have developed a monitoring template that ensures compliance with these standards and that is used as a tool by THL Credit Advisors’ investment committee to assess investment performance relative to plan. In addition, our portfolio companies may rely on us to provide financial and capital market expertise and may view us as a value-added resource.

As part of the monitoring process, THL Credit Advisors will continually assess the risk profile of each of our investments and will rate them based on the following categories, which we refer to as THL Credit Advisors’ investment performance rating, or IPR:

1 – Performing at or above plan.

2 – Watch / minor risk. Portfolio company operating below plan but in compliance with financial covenants and performance expected to improve.

3 – Significant risk. Portfolio company performing materially below plan and may be in default of financial covenants. Loss of principal not expected but returns likely impaired.

4 – Potential impairment. Focus is on preservation of capital.

For any investment rated 2, 3 or 4, our manager will increase its level of focus and prepare regular updates for the investment committee summarizing current operating results, material impending events and recommended actions.

Competition

Our primary competitors to provide financing to middle market companies include public and private funds, commercial and investment banks, commercial finance companies and private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or to the distribution and other requirements we must satisfy to maintain our favorable RIC tax status.

Properties

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our headquarters are currently located at 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110. THL Credit Advisors furnishes us office space and we reimburse it for such costs on an allocated basis.

Legal Proceedings

Neither we nor THL Credit Advisors are currently subject to any legal proceedings.

 

51


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of six members, five of whom are not “interested persons” of our company or of THL Credit Advisors as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and are “independent,” as determined by our board of directors, consistent with the rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. We refer to these individuals as our independent directors. Our board of directors elects our executive officers, who serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

Board of Directors

Under our charter, our directors will be divided into three classes. Each class of directors will hold office for a three year term. However, the initial members of the three classes have initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at such meeting will be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Directors

Information regarding the board of directors is as follows:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

   Director Since    Expiration of Term

Interested Director:

           

James K. Hunt

  

58

  

Director, Chairman of the

Board, Chief Executive

Officer and Chief

Investment Officer

   2009    2011

Independent Directors:

           

David K. Downes

  

70

  

Director

   2009    2010

Nancy Hawthorne

  

58

  

Director

   2009    2010

Keith W. Hughes

  

63

  

Lead Independent Director

   2009    2011

John A. Sommers

  

71

  

Director

   2009    2012

David P. Southwell

  

49

  

Director

   2009    2012

The address for each director is c/o THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110.

Executive officers who are not directors

Information regarding our executive officers who are not directors is as follows:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Sam W. Tillinghast

   47    Co-President and Chief Risk Officer

W. Hunter Stropp

   39    Co-President

Terrence W. Olson

   43    Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, interim Secretary, Treasurer and interim Chief Compliance Officer

The address for each executive officer is c/o THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110.

 

52


Table of Contents

Terrence W. Olson will serve as our interim Chief Compliance Officer and interim Secretary until our board of directors has approved a permanent chief compliance officer and secretary.

Biographical information

The Governance Committee of the board of directors has adopted procedures for evaluating potential director candidates against the knowledge, experience, skills, expertise and diversity that it believes are necessary and desirable for such candidates. The board believes that each director satisfied, at the time he or she was initially elected or appointed a director, and continues to satisfy, the standards contemplated by such procedures. Furthermore, in determining that a particular director was and continues to be qualified to serve as a director, the board has considered a variety of criteria, none of which, in isolation, was controlling. The board believes that, collectively, the directors have balanced and diverse experience, skills, attributes and qualifications, which allow the board to operate effectively in governing the Company and protecting the interests of shareholders. Among the attributes common to all directors are their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with THL Credit Advisors and other service providers, counsel and independent auditors, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as directors. Each director’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively is evidenced by his or her educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a board member of the Company, other investment companies, public companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations; ongoing commitment and participation in board and committee meetings, as well as his or her leadership of standing committees; or other relevant life experiences. Information about the specific experience, skills, attributes and qualifications of each director, which in each case led to the board’s conclusion that the director should serve as a director of the Company, is provided in below, in “Biographical Information.”

Our directors have been divided into two groups—interested directors and independent directors. Interested directors are interested persons as defined in the 1940 Act. The board’s chairman, James K. Hunt, is an interested director by virtue of his serving as our Chief Executive Officer and his employment with THL Credit Advisors. In part because the Company is an externally-managed investment company, the board believes having an interested chairperson that is familiar with the Company’s portfolio companies, its day-to-day management and the operations of THL Credit Advisors greatly enhances, among other things, its understanding of the Company’s investment portfolio, business, finances and risk management efforts. In addition, the board believes that Mr. Hunt’s employment with THL Credit Advisors betters allows for the efficient mobilization of THL Credit Advisors’ resources at the board’s behest and on its behalf.

Keith W. Hughes has been appointed as the board’s Lead Independent Director. In this capacity, Mr. Hughes presides over executive sessions of the independent directors and serves as a liaison between management and the independent directors between board meetings.

Interested director

James K. Hunt, 58, Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Company and THL Credit Advisors. Since May 2007, Mr. Hunt has also been the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of THL Credit Group, L.P., an investment advisory firm affiliated with the Company. Mr. Hunt was most recently Managing Partner and Chief Executive Officer of Bison Capital which he co-founded in 2001. Previously, he was President of SunAmerica Corporate Finance and an Executive Vice President of SunAmerica Investments, Inc. (subsequently, AIG SunAmerica) through 2000. At SunAmerica, Mr. Hunt was responsible for high-yielding investments including private placements, acquisition financing, term loans and portfolio purchases, structured finance and corporate acquisitions. The asset portfolio managed by Mr. Hunt exceeded $8 billion, with total investments of more than $19 billion during his tenure. Investments were partially made through five CDOs (collateralized debt obligations) exceeding $3.5 billion. He was President and CEO of the Anchor Pathway Funds and SunAmerica Series Trust with assets exceeding $11 billion. For SunAmerica, Mr. Hunt was the executive responsible for the acquisition of First City Texas Leasing in 1991,

 

53


Table of Contents

Southeast Bank Leasing in 1993 and Imperial Premium Finance in 1994 and served as the senior officer managing these finance companies. Mr. Hunt joined SunAmerica in 1990 from the Davis Companies, a private equity investment firm, where he was responsible for acquisitions. Prior to that he worked at Citicorp for over 14 years, where he held a variety of leveraged lending, credit and finance positions, culminating in the role of Senior Credit Officer and Vice President / Area Head for the Far West U.S. leveraged lending group. At Citicorp, Mr. Hunt also had responsibilities for various workout transactions and the Western asset based lending group. Mr. Hunt currently serves on the board of directors of Lender Processing Services, Inc. (NYSE: LPS). Mr. Hunt is a former Chairman and member of the board of directors of Financial Pacific Leasing, LLC, formerly Lead Trustee for Falcon Financial (Nasdaq: FLCN), a former member of the boards of directors of Primus Guaranty Ltd, LLC. (NYSE: PRS), CLS Worldwide Services, LLC, GTS Holdings, Inc., Helinet Aviation Services, LLC, Metagenics, Inc., Fidelity National Information Services Inc. (NYSE: FIS) and Mobile Storage Group. Mr. Hunt earned his BBA in economics from the University of Texas at El Paso and an MBA in finance and accounting from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School. Mr. Hunt’s experience as Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Investment Officer and Managing Partner at various public and private investment funds, as well as his past experience serving on the boards of directors of numerous exchange-listed and private companies, are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Mr. Hunt should serve as the Chairman of the Company’s board of directors.

Independent directors

David K. Downes, 70, Independent Director of the Company. Mr. Downes is currently the Independent Chairman of GSK Domestic Employee Benefit Trust (since 2006), the Chief Executive Officer and board member of Community Capital Management, an investment management company (since 2004), and the President of The Community Reinvestment Act Qualified Investment Fund, an investment management company; since 2004. From 1993 to 2003, Mr. Downes was Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Lincoln National Investment Companies, Inc., a subsidiary of Lincoln National Corporation, and Delaware Investments U.S., Inc., an investment management subsidiary of Lincoln National Corporation, President, Chief Executive Officer and Trustee of Delaware Investment Family of Funds, President and Board Member of Lincoln National Convertible Securities Funds, Inc. and the Lincoln National Income Funds, TDC and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Retirement Financial Services, Inc., a registered transfer agent and investment adviser and a subsidiary of Delaware Investments U.S., Inc. From 1995 to 2003, Mr. Downes was President and Chief Executive Officer of Delaware Service Company, Inc. and from 1985 to 1992 held the roles of Chief Administrative Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Vice Chairman and Director of Equitable Capital Management Corporation, an investment subsidiary of Equitable Life Assurance Society. Mr. Downes was Corporate Controller of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. from 1977 to 1985. Prior to that, he held positions with Colonial Penn Group, Inc., and Price Waterhouse & Company. Mr. Downes was in the United States Marine Corps from 1957 to 1959. He currently serves as a director of Internet Capital Group, an information technology company (since October 2003); and oversees 64 portfolios as a trustee of various funds in the OppenheimerFunds complex. Mr. Downes has a BS from Pennsylvania State University. Mr. Downes’ experience as the Chief Executive Officer and a board member of an investment management business, as well as his prior experience as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of an investment management business, are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Mr. Downes should serve on the Company’s board of directors.

Nancy Hawthorne, 58, Independent Director of the Company. Since August 2001, Ms. Hawthorne has served as Chair and Chief Executive Officer of Clerestory LLC, a financial advisory and investment firm. Prior to that, from 1997 to 1998, Ms. Hawthorne served as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Partner of Hawthorne, Krauss & Associates, LLC, a provider of consulting services to corporate management, and as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Continental Cablevision, a cable television company, from 1982 to 1997. Ms. Hawthorne also serves as the lead independent director for Avid Technologies, where she served as interim Chief Executive Officer from August 2007 through December 2007, and is a director of the Metropolitan Series Fund, Inc., a family of mutual funds established by the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company. Ms. Hawthorne has a BA from Wellesley College and an MBA from Harvard Business School. Ms. Hawthorne’s

 

54


Table of Contents

experience as Chair and Chief Executive Officer of a financial advisory and investment firm, as well as her service as lead independent director of an operating company and director of a mutual fund are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Ms. Hawthorne should serve on the Company’s board of directors.

Keith W. Hughes, 63, Lead Independent Director of the Company. Mr. Hughes has been a management consultant to domestic and international financial institutions since April 2001. He previously served as Vice Chairman of Citigroup Inc., a commercial banking firm, in New York City from November 2000 to April 2001. Additionally, his experience includes Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Associates First Capital Corporation, a consumer and commercial finance firm, in Dallas from February 1995 through November 2000. He is a director of Fidelity National Information Services, Inc., a financial industry technology and services provider. Mr. Hughes holds BS and MBA degrees from Miami University in Ohio. Mr. Hughes’ experience as Vice Chairman of a commercial banking firm and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of a consumer and commercial finance firm, as well as his experience as a management consultant, are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Mr. Hughes should serve on the Company’s board of directors.

John A. Sommers, 71, Independent Director of the Company. Mr. Sommers is a Managing Principal of Income Research & Management, or IR&M, which he co-founded in 1987. IR&M is an investment grade fixed-income advisory firm for institutional and private clients, with $22 billion of assets under management. Prior to IR&M, he was Director of Fixed Income at the Putnam Companies, or Putnam (now Putnam Investments), an investment advisory firm, where he was responsible for over $20 billion in fixed income assets. Mr. Sommers joined Putnam in 1976 and actively managed fixed income portfolios until 1985, when he was named President and Chief Executive Officer of Putnam Advisory Company, LLC, an investment advisory firm. Prior to his work at Putnam, Mr. Sommers was a Partner and Director of Fixed Income Sales and Trading at Loeb, Rhoades & Co., an investment banking and securities firm, and a Director at F.S. Smithers & Co., an investment banking firm, and an officer in the National Bank Division of the Irving Trust Company. Mr. Sommers has a BA from Bucknell University and an MBA from NYU. Mr. Sommers’ experience as a Co-founder and Managing Principal of an independent investment management firm, as well as his portfolio management experience with an asset management firm, are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Mr. Sommers should serve on the Company’s board of directors.

David P. Southwell, 49, Independent Director of the Company. Mr. Southwell is currently an Executive Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer of Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Mr. Southwell served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Sepracor Inc., a pharmaceutical company, from October 1995 to May 2008, and served as its Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from July 1994 to October 1995. From August 1984 to July 1986 and from September 1988 until July 1994, Mr. Southwell was associated with Lehman Brothers, a financial-services firm, in various positions within the investment banking division, including in the position of Vice President. Mr. Southwell is also a director of PTC Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, a director of Panel Intelligence LLC, a market research firm, Chairman of the Board of Directors of Biosphere Medical, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, a former director of Human Genome Sciences, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, and serves on the Advisory Board of the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. Mr. Southwell has a BA from Rice University and an MBA from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. Mr. Southwell’s experience as an officer of several public operating companies, as well as his experience with a financial services firm, are among the attributes that led to the conclusion that Mr. Southwell should serve on the Company’s board of directors.

Executive officers who are not directors

Sam W. Tillinghast, 47, Co-President and Chief Risk Officer of the Company and of THL Credit Advisors. Mr. Tillinghast is also Co-President of THL Credit Group, L.P., an investment advisory firm affiliated with the Company. Mr. Tillinghast was formerly the head of the Private Placement Group for AIG. Mr. Tillinghast joined AIG with the acquisition of SunAmerica Inc. in January 1999, and successfully integrated the private debt investment groups of SunAmerica, AIG and American General (acquired by AIG in 2001). Mr. Tillinghast was responsible for the initiative to build a mezzanine and high-yield private placement team. By 2006, Mr. Tillinghast was responsible for a $28 billion private debt portfolio. While at SunAmerica, where he joined in 1988, Mr. Tillinghast was Executive Vice President of SunAmerica Corporate Finance and his

 

55


Table of Contents

investment experience included corporate bonds, securitizations, leveraged loans, CDOs, portfolio acquisitions, and equipment leasing. He is a former member of the board of directors of Falcon Financial, LLC. Mr. Tillinghast received his BS in finance at the University of South Alabama and his MBA from the University of Texas at Austin.

W. Hunter Stropp, 39, Co-President of the Company and of THL Credit Advisors. Mr. Stropp is also Co-President of THL Credit Group, L.P., an investment advisory firm affiliated with the Company. Mr. Stropp served as a Vice President and Investment Manager in the Private Equity Group of GE Asset Management Inc. from 2000 to 2007. Mr. Stropp previously served in various investment and business development positions at Koch Industries, Inc. Mr. Stropp has served on the boards of directors of Octane Fitness LLC, HB&G Building Products, Inc., Homegrown Natural Foods, Inc. and Coast Crane Company, Inc. Mr. Stropp began his career as a consultant at Arthur Anderson LLP. Mr. Stropp holds an MBA from Texas A&M University and BA’s in economics and political science from the University of Texas at Austin.

Terrence W. Olson, 43, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, interim Secretary, interim Chief Compliance Officer and Treasurer of the Company and Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Managing Director of THL Credit Advisors. Mr. Olson is also the Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of THL Credit Group, L.P., an investment advisor affiliated with the Company. Prior to February 2008, Mr. Olson spent ten years at Highland Capital Partners, or Highland, a venture capital firm, where he served as Director of Finance and was responsible for the financial, tax and operational matters for Highland’s funds as well global activities in Europe and China. Before joining Highland, Mr. Olson was a Senior Manager at the accounting firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP where he worked with public and private companies in the financial services and technology sectors between 1989 and 1998. Mr. Olson holds a BS in accounting from Boston College.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently has two committees: an audit committee and a governance committee.

Audit Committee . The audit committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our board of directors. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the audit committee. The primary function of the audit committee is to serve as an independent and objective party to assist the board of directors in fulfilling its responsibilities for overseeing and monitoring the quality and integrity of our financial statements, the adequacy of our system of internal controls, the review of the independence and performance of, as well as communicate openly with, our registered public accounting firm, the performance of our internal audit function and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The audit committee is presently composed of four persons, including David Downes (Chairperson), Nancy Hawthorne, John A. Sommers and David Southwell, all of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and The NASDAQ Global Select Market listing standards. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In addition, each member of our audit committee meets the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in addition, is not an “interested person” of the Company or of THL Credit Advisors as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

Governance Committee . The governance committee operates pursuant to a charter approved by our board of directors. The charter sets forth the responsibilities of the governance committee, including making nominations for the appointment or election of independent directors, personnel training policies and administering the provisions of the code of ethics applicable to the independent directors. The governance committee consists of David Southwell (Chairperson) and Keith Hughes, both of whom are considered independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and The NASDAQ Global Select Market listing standards.

The Governance Committee seeks to identify individuals to serve on the board who have a diverse range of viewpoints, qualifications, experiences, backgrounds and skill sets so that the Board will be better suited to fulfill its responsibility of overseeing the Company’s activities. In so doing, the Governance Committee reviews

 

56


Table of Contents

the size of the board and the knowledge, experience, skills, expertise and diversity of the directors in light of the issues facing the Company in determining whether one or more new directors should be added to the board. The Governance Committee believes that the directors as a group possess the array of skills, experiences and backgrounds necessary to guide the Company. The director biographies included herein highlight the diversity and breadth of skills, qualifications and expertise that the directors bring to the Company. The Governance Committee does not currently consider stockholder nominees for the office of director.

Compensation Committee . We will not have a compensation committee because our executive officers will not receive any direct compensation from us.

Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Company is the responsibility of THL Credit Advisors or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk) subject to the supervision of THL Credit Advisors. The Company is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational and valuation risks, among others. While there are a number of risk management functions performed by THL Credit Advisors and the other service providers, as applicable, it is not possible to eliminate all of the risks applicable to the Company. Risk oversight is part of the board’s general oversight of the Company and is addressed as part of various board and committee activities. The board, directly or through a committee, also reviews reports from, among others, management, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Company and internal accounting personnel for THL Credit Advisors, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Company and management’s or the service provider’s risk functions. The committee system facilitates the timely and efficient consideration of matters by the directors, and facilitates effective oversight of compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and of the Company’s activities and associated risks. Pending the appointment of a permanent Chief Compliance Officer, the board has appointed an interim Chief Compliance Officer, who oversees the implementation and testing of the Company’s compliance program and reports to the board regarding compliance matters for the Company and its service providers. The independent directors have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.

Compensation of Directors

As compensation for serving on our board of directors, we pay each independent director an annual fee of $35,000. We also pay our independent directors $12,000 per regular board meeting attended in person or by telephone, plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with in-person attendance at such meeting and $1,500 per ad-hoc board meeting attended in person or by telephone, plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with in-person attendance at such meeting. In addition, we pay the Lead Independent Director an annual fee of $10,000, the Chairperson of the audit committee an annual fee of $25,000, each chairperson of any other committee an annual fee of $10,000 and other members of the audit committee and any other standing committee an annual fee of $12,500 and $6,000, respectively, for their additional services in these capacities. In addition, we purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers.

Staffing

We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of THL Credit Advisors, pursuant to the terms of the investment management agreement and the administration agreement. Each of our executive officers described under “Management” is an employee of THL Credit Advisors. Our day-to-day investment operations are managed by our investment advisor. The services necessary for the origination and administration of our investment portfolio are provided by investment professionals employed by THL Credit Advisors. THL Credit Advisors’ investment professionals focus on origination and transaction development and the ongoing monitoring of our investments. See “The Advisor—Investment Management Agreement.” In addition, we reimburse THL Credit Advisors for our allocable portion of expenses incurred by it in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including our allocable portion of the cost of our officers and their respective staffs. See “The Advisor—Administration Agreement.”

 

57


Table of Contents

Compensation of Executive Officers

None of our officers will receive direct compensation from us. We expect to retain a chief compliance officer promptly after completion of this offering. Terrence W. Olson will serve as our interim Chief Compliance Officer until our board of directors has approved a permanent chief compliance officer. The compensation of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer, once retained, will be paid by our administrator, subject to reimbursement by us of an allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by him or her to us. To the extent that our administrator outsources any of its functions we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the administrator.

 

58


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS

We have entered into an investment management agreement and an administration agreement with THL Credit Advisors. We expect to benefit from THL Credit Advisors’ relationship with THL Partners as THL Credit Advisors will have access to the contacts and industry knowledge of THL Partners’ investment team to enhance its transaction sourcing capabilities and will also be able to consult with the THL Partners’ investment team on specific industry issues, trends and other matters to complement our investment process. Our senior management team holds equity interests in THL Credit Advisors and in an affiliated entity that manages THL Credit Opportunities, a private fund with $162.6 million in funded capital commitments and a remaining investment period of more than two years. Upon completion of this offering, it is expected that THL Credit Opportunities will restrict its activities to its remaining portfolio, which will consist of one investment in senior loans. In addition, THL Credit Advisors may in the future manage investment funds with investment objectives similar to ours. Accordingly, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by such investment funds. However, THL Credit Advisors intends that in such a situation it would allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner consistent with our investment objectives and strategies so that we are not disadvantaged in relation to any other client, which could include pro rata, rotational or other methods of allocation. See “Risks—Risks relating to our business—Our investment advisor and its affiliates, senior management and employees have certain conflicts of interest.”

We and THL Credit Advisors have entered into a license agreement with THL Partners under which THL Partners has granted to us and THL Credit Advisors a non-exclusive, personal, revocable worldwide non-transferable license to use the trade name and service mark THL , which is a proprietary mark of THL Partners, for specified purposes in connection with our respective businesses. This license agreement is royalty-free, which means we will not be charged a fee for our use of the trade name and service mark THL . The license agreement is terminable either in its entirety or with respect to us or THL Credit Advisors by THL Partners at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice, and is also terminable with respect to either us or THL Credit Advisors by THL Partners in the case of certain events of non-compliance. After the expiration of its first one year term, the entire license agreement is terminable by either us or THL Credit Advisors at our or its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice. Upon termination of the license agreement, we and THL Credit Advisors must cease to use the name and mark THL , including any use in our respective legal names, filings, listings and other uses that may require us to withdraw or replace our names and marks. Other than with respect to the limited rights contained in the license agreement, we and THL Credit Advisors have no right to use, or other rights in respect of, the THL name and mark. We are an entity operated independently from THL Partners, and third parties who deal with us have no recourse against THL Partners.

 

59


Table of Contents

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, there will be 4,147,196 shares of common stock outstanding and two stockholders of record. At that time, we will have no other shares of capital stock outstanding. The following table sets out certain ownership information with respect to our common stock for those persons who directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote 5% or more of our outstanding common stock and all officers and directors as a group.

 

          Percentage of common stock outstanding  
          Immediately
prior to this
offering(1)
    Immediately
after  this
offering(2)
 

Name and address

  Type of ownership   Shares
owned
    Percentage     Shares
owned
  Percentage  

THL Credit Opportunities, L.P.(4)(5)

  Record and beneficial   6,700      0.2   6,700  

THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P.(4)(6)

  Record and beneficial   4,140,496      99.8   9,607,163   53.9

All officers and directors as a group

(Nine persons)(3)

  Record and beneficial   111,399 (7)    2.7   258,478   1.5

 

(1)   Reflects issuance of 4,140,496 shares of common stock in exchange for the Initial Portfolio Assets.
(2)   Assumes issuance of 13,666,667 shares of common stock offered hereby. Does not reflect shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.
(3)   The address for each of the directors is c/o THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.
(4)   Organized as a Delaware limited partnership.
(5)   THL Credit Partners GP, L.P., in its capacity as general partner of THL Credit Opportunities, has the power to vote (or direct the vote) and to dispose of the shares of common stock of THL Credit, Inc. held by THL Credit Opportunities. The general partner of THL Credit Partners GP, L.P. is THL Credit Group GP, LLC, which in turn is controlled by certain THL Credit Principals and by THLP Debt Partners, L.P. The general partner of THLP Debt Partners, L.P. is THLP Debt Advisors, LLC, which in turn is controlled by certain individuals and partners affiliated with THL Partners.
(6)   THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings GP, LLC in its capacity as general partner of THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P., does not have the power to dispose of the shares of common stock of THL Credit, Inc. owned by THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P., or to vote or direct the voting of such shares, which must be voted in the same manner as other shareholders of THL Credit, Inc. vote their shares. The general partner of THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings GP, LLC is owned in the same manner as described in note (5) for the general partner of THL Credit Partners GP, L.P.
(7)   Beneficial ownership of shares through ownership in THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P.

 

*   Represents less than 0.1%.

The following table sets out the dollar range of our equity securities beneficially owned by each of our directors. We are not part of a “family of investment companies,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

 

Name of Director

   Dollar Range of  Equity
Securities in THL Credit, Inc.(1)

Interested Director

  

James K. Hunt

  

Independent Directors

  

David K. Downes

  

Nancy Hawthorne

  

Keith W. Hughes

  

John A. Sommers

  

David P. Southwell

  

 

(1)   Dollar ranges are as follows: none, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, or over $100,000.

 

60


Table of Contents

THE ADVISOR

THL Credit Advisors will serve as our investment advisor. THL Credit Advisors has filed an application to be registered as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, THL Credit Advisors will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory and management services to, THL Credit, Inc. The address of THL Credit Advisors is 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

Portfolio managers

The members of THL Credit Advisors’ investment committee are our portfolio managers. The investment committee currently consists of James K. Hunt, Sam W. Tillinghast, Gregory S. Hammer, W. Hunter Stropp, Christopher J. Flynn and Kunal M. Soni. Biographical information with respect to Messrs. Hunt, Tillinghast and Stropp is set forth under “Management of the Company—Biographical information.”

Gregory S. Hammer, 42, Managing Director of THL Credit Advisors. Mr. Hammer is also a Managing Director of THL Credit Group, L.P., an investment advisory firm affiliated with the Company. Mr. Hammer previously was a Managing Director at AIG where he co-headed the Leveraged Capital Group from February 2004 until May 2007. During 2002 and 2003, Mr. Hammer was co-head of the Corporate Private Placement Group at AIG. Previously, Mr. Hammer was a Managing Director at SunAmerica Corporate Finance (acquired by AIG in 1999) where he worked since 1996 investing in private corporate debt, private asset-backed securities and structured lease transactions. Before joining SunAmerica, Mr. Hammer worked at American General Corporation (acquired by AIG in 2001) where he invested in corporate private placements and public investment grade and high-yield fixed income securities. Previously, Mr. Hammer was a consultant and auditor at Kenneth Leventhal & Co. Mr. Hammer earned his MBA with a concentration in finance from the University of Texas at Austin, and he received his BBA with a major in accounting from Southern Methodist University.

Christopher J. Flynn, 37, Managing Director of THL Credit Advisors. Mr. Flynn is also a Managing Director of THL Credit Group, L.P., an investment advisory firm affiliated with the Company. Mr. Flynn was previously a Vice President at AIG in the Leveraged Capital Group, where he was responsible for originating and underwriting mezzanine investments. Mr. Flynn joined AIG in February 2005 after working for Black Diamond Capital Management, a hedge fund with offices in Illinois and Connecticut. Mr. Flynn was a Senior Financial Analyst at Black Diamond where he was responsible for underwriting new debt investment opportunities as well as monitoring a portfolio of leveraged loans. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Flynn worked in a variety of roles at GE Capital, lastly as an Assistant Vice President within the Capital Markets Syndication Group. Prior to joining GE Capital, Mr. Flynn worked at BNP Paribas as a financial analyst and at Bank One as a commercial banker. Mr. Flynn earned his MBA with a concentration in finance and strategy from Northwestern University’s Kellogg Graduate School of Business and his BA in Finance from DePaul University.

Kunal M. Soni, 33, Managing Director of THL Credit Advisors. Mr. Soni is also a Managing Director of THL Credit Group, L.P. an investment advisory firm affiliated with the Company. Previously, Mr. Soni was a Principal at Bison Capital, a non-control private equity fund based in Los Angeles, California from 2005 to 2007. Prior to Bison Capital, Mr. Soni was in the Los Angeles office of J.P. Morgan’s Investment Banking Division from 2003 to 2005 where his responsibilities included originating, analyzing and executing a broad range of financing and merger and acquisition transactions. Prior to J.P. Morgan, he worked in the Transaction Services and Audit practices for KPMG LLP from 1999 to 2003. Mr. Soni’s responsibilities in the Transaction Services practice included conducting financial and strategic due diligence for institutional investors, private equity firms and strategic buyers in connection with merger and acquisition transactions. Mr. Soni began his career in the audit practice of KPMG LLP. Mr. Soni earned a BA from Emory University.

The compensation of the members of the Investment Committee paid by THL Credit Advisors includes an annual base salary, in certain cases an annual bonus based on an assessment of short-term and long-term performance, and a portion of the incentive fee, if any, paid to THL Credit Advisors determined on the same basis as the annual bonus. In addition, the investment committee members have equity interests in THL Credit

 

61


Table of Contents

Advisors and may receive distributions of profits in respect of those interests. THL Credit Advisors has employment agreements with the members of the Investment Committee, which contain confidentiality, nonsolicitation and, in most cases, noncompetition provisions to assist THL Credit Advisors in retaining their services.

Our investment team also includes Scott V. Turco, Howard Wu and Walter Chung, who focus on the origination and transaction analysis and diligence and ongoing monitoring of our investments:

Scott V. Turco, 32, Director of THL Credit Advisors. Mr. Turco is also a Director at THL Credit Group, L.P., an investment advisory firm affiliated with the Company. Previously, Mr. Turco worked at Plainfield Asset Management, LLC, a multi-strategy hedge fund and BDC, in 2007, where he was responsible for originating, structuring, and evaluating investments throughout the capital structure of middle market companies. Prior to Plainfield, Mr. Turco worked at Gabelli & Company, Inc., an investment advisory firm and broker-dealer, from 2002 to 2005, where he was responsible for originating, researching and advising hedge fund and mutual fund clients on equity and preferred equity investments in public, and to a lesser extent, private companies. Earlier in his career, Mr. Turco worked at Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., from 2001 to 2002, in the Institutional Equity Group. Mr. Turco earned an A.B. from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College.

Howard Wu, 31, Vice President of THL Credit Advisors. Mr. Wu is also a Vice President at THL Credit Group, L.P., an investment advisory firm affiliated with the Company. Previously, Mr. Wu worked in the Corporate Finance department at Yahoo! Inc., an internet services company, from 2005 to 2007, where he executed mergers & acquisitions and strategic partnerships. He was previously in the Investment Banking Division at Bear, Stearns & Co. in San Francisco and Los Angeles from 2002 to 2005. Mr. Wu holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of California, Berkeley.

Walter Chung, 29, Assistant Vice President of THL Credit Advisors. Mr. Chung is also an Assistant Vice President at THL Credit Group, L.P., an investment advisory firm affiliated with the Company. Previously, Mr. Chung worked in the Corporate Finance department at Libra Securities, an investment bank, from 2006 to 2009 where he executed private placements and mergers & acquisitions. Prior to Libra Securities, he worked in the Corporate Finance department at FTI Consulting, Inc., a business advisory firm, from 2005 to 2006 and in the Assurance & Advisory practice at Ernst & Young, LLP, an accounting firm, from 2003 to 2005. Mr. Chung holds a B.A. in Business Economics and a minor in Accounting from the University of California, Los Angeles.

Investment management agreement

Under the terms of our investment management agreement, THL Credit Advisors will:

 

  Ÿ  

determine the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;

 

  Ÿ  

identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies); and

 

  Ÿ  

close, monitor and administer the investments we make, including the exercise of any voting or consent rights.

THL Credit Advisors’ services under the investment management agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to us are not impaired.

Pursuant to our investment management agreement, we will pay THL Credit Advisors a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee.

 

62


Table of Contents

Management Fee . The base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of our gross assets payable quarterly in arrears on a calendar quarter basis. For purposes of calculating the base management fee, “gross assets” is determined without deduction for any liabilities. For the first quarter of our operations, the base management fee will be calculated based on the initial value of our gross assets. Beginning with our second quarter of operations, the base management fee will be calculated based on the value of our gross assets at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter. Base management fees for any partial quarter will be appropriately pro rated.

Incentive Fee . The incentive fee will have two components, ordinary income and capital gains, calculated as follows:

The ordinary income component will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our preincentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts, and will be 20.0% of the amount, if any, by which our preincentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter exceeds a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate and a “catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. Under this provision, in any calendar quarter, our investment advisor receives no incentive fee until our preincentive fee net investment income equals the hurdle rate of 2.0%, but then receives, as a “catch-up,” 100% of our preincentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such preincentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5%. The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, subject to the total return and deferral provisions discussed below, if preincentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter, our investment advisor will receive 20.0% of our preincentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply. For this purpose, preincentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the administration agreement (as defined below), and any interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any offering expenses and other expenses not charged to operations but excluding certain reversals to the extent such reversals have the effect of reducing previously accrued incentive fees based on the deferral of non-cash interest). Preincentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income will be payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter will be limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the amount by which our preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Company for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or OID) will be paid to THL Credit Advisors, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such accounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable)

 

63


Table of Contents

and would result in a reduction and possibly elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter. There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter and accordingly there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle.

Preincentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where we incur a loss, subject to the total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts. For example, if we receive preincentive fee net investment income in excess of the quarterly minimum hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses. Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.5% base management fee. These calculations will be appropriately pro rated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the income-related portion of the incentive fee:

Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Net Investment Income

Pre-incentive fee net investment income (expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

LOGO

Percentage of pre-incentive fee net investment income allocated to first component of incentive fee

The capital gains component of the incentive fee will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the investment management agreement, as of the termination date), commencing on December 31, 2010, and will equal 20.0% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees, provided that the incentive fee determined as of December 31, 2010 will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for the period ending December 31, 2010. If such amount is negative, then no capital gains incentive fee will be payable for such year. Additionally, if the investment management agreement is terminated as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying the capital gains incentive fee.

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation

Example 1: Income Portion of Incentive Fee before Total Return Requirement Calculation:

Assumptions

 

  Ÿ  

Hurdle rate(1) = 2.00%

 

  Ÿ  

Management fee(2) = 0.375%

 

  Ÿ  

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)(3) = 0.40%

 

64


Table of Contents

Alternative 1

Additional Assumptions

 

  Ÿ  

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%

 

  Ÿ  

Pre-incentive fee net investment income (investment income—(management fee + other expenses)) = 0.475%

Pre-incentive net investment income does not exceed hurdle rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.

Alternative 2

Additional Assumptions

 

  Ÿ  

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.90%

 

  Ÿ  

Preincentive fee net investment income (investment income - (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.125%

Preincentive fee net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.

Incentive fee = (100% × “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20.0% × (preincentive fee net investment income - 2.5%)))

= (100.0% x (preincentive fee net investment income - 2.00%)) +0%

= (100.0% x (2.125% - 2.00%))

= 100% x 0.125%

= 0.125%

Alternative 3

Additional Assumptions

 

  Ÿ  

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.50%

 

  Ÿ  

Preincentive fee net investment income (investment income - (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.725%

Preincentive fee net investment income exceeds hurdle rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.

Incentive Fee = (100% × “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20.0% × (preincentive fee net investment income - 2.5%)))

= (100% × (2.5% - 2.0%)) + (20.0% × (2.725% - 2.5%))

= 0.5% + (20.0% × 0.225%)

= 0.5% + 0.045%

= 0.545%

 

(1)   Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.
(2)   Represents 1.5% annualized management fee.
(3)   Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

 

65


Table of Contents

Example 2: Income Portion of Incentive Fee with Total Return Requirement Calculation:

Assumptions

 

  Ÿ  

Hurdle rate (1) = 2.00%

 

  Ÿ  

Management fee (2) = 0.375%

 

  Ÿ  

Other expenses (legal, accounting, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.40%

 

  Ÿ  

Cumulative incentive compensation accrued and/or paid for preceding 11 calendar quarters = $9,000,000

Alternative 1

Additional Assumptions

 

  Ÿ  

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.50%

 

  Ÿ  

Preincentive fee net investment income (investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.725%

 

  Ÿ  

20.0% of cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over current and preceding 11 calendar quarters = $8,000,000

Although our preincentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate of 2.0% (as shown in Alternative 3 of Example 1 above), no incentive fee is payable because 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters did not exceed the cumulative income and capital gains incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the preceding 11 calendar quarters.

Alternative 2

Additional Assumptions

 

  Ÿ  

Investment Income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.50%

 

  Ÿ  

Preincentive fee net investment income (investment income – (management fee + other expenses)) = 2.725%.

 

  Ÿ  

20% of cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over current and preceding 11 calendar quarters = $10,000,000

Because our preincentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate of 2.0% and because 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative income and capital gains incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the preceding 11 calendar quarters, an incentive fee would be payable, as shown in Alternative 3 of Example 1 above.

 

(1)   Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.
(2)   Represents 1.5% annualized management fee.
(3)   Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

 

66


Table of Contents

Example 3: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee:

Alternative 1:

Assumptions

 

  Ÿ  

Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), and $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)

 

  Ÿ  

Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million and fair market value, or FMV, of Investment B determined to be $32 million

 

  Ÿ  

Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million

 

  Ÿ  

Year 4: Investment B sold for $31 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

 

  Ÿ  

Year 1: None

 

  Ÿ  

Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $6.0 million ($30 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%)

 

  Ÿ  

Year 3: None; $5.0 million (20.0% multiplied by ($30 million cumulative capital gains less $5 million cumulative capital depreciation)) less $6.0 million (previous capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

 

  Ÿ  

Year 4: Capital gains incentive fee of $200,000; $6.20 million ($31 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20.0%) less $6.0 million (capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

Alternative 2

Assumptions

 

  Ÿ  

Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”)

 

  Ÿ  

Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million

 

  Ÿ  

Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $27 million and Investment C sold for $30 million

 

  Ÿ  

Year 4: FMV of Investment B determined to be $35 million

 

  Ÿ  

Year 5: Investment B sold for $20 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

 

  Ÿ  

Year 1: None

 

  Ÿ  

Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $5.0 million; 20.0% multiplied by $25 million ($30 million realized capital gains on Investment A less $5 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)

 

  Ÿ  

Year 3: Capital gains incentive fee of $1.4 million; $6.4 million (20.0% multiplied by $32 million ($35 million cumulative realized capital gains less $3 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)) less $5.0 million capital gains fee received in Year 2

 

  Ÿ  

Year 4: None

 

67


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Year 5: None; $5.0 million of capital gains incentive fee (20.0% multiplied by $25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $35 million less realized capital losses of $10 million)) less $6.4 million cumulative capital gains fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3

Payment of our expenses

All investment professionals and staff of THL Credit Advisors, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services (including health insurance, 401(k) plan benefits, payroll taxes and other compensation related matters), will be provided and paid for by THL Credit Advisors. We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including those relating to:

 

  Ÿ  

our organization;

 

  Ÿ  

calculating our net asset value and net asset value per share (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);

 

  Ÿ  

expenses, including travel expense, incurred by THL Credit Advisors or payable to third parties in performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, monitoring our investments and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;

 

  Ÿ  

interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments;

 

  Ÿ  

the costs of this and all future offerings of common shares and other securities, if any;

 

  Ÿ  

the base management fee and any incentive management fee;

 

  Ÿ  

distributions on our shares;

 

  Ÿ  

administration fees payable under our administration agreement;

 

  Ÿ  

transfer agent and custody fees and expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

the allocated costs incurred by THL Credit Advisors as our Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;

 

  Ÿ  

amounts payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, evaluating, making and disposing of investments;

 

  Ÿ  

brokerage fees and commissions;

 

  Ÿ  

registration fees;

 

  Ÿ  

listing fees;

 

  Ÿ  

taxes;

 

  Ÿ  

independent director fees and expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents with the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs;

 

  Ÿ  

costs of holding stockholder meetings;

 

  Ÿ  

our fidelity bond;

 

  Ÿ  

directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;

 

  Ÿ  

litigation, indemnification and other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including audit and legal costs;

 

68


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which we are a member; and

 

  Ÿ  

all other expenses reasonably incurred by us or the Administrator in connection with administering our business, such as the allocable portion of overhead under our administration agreement, including rent and other allocable portions of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs.

We will reimburse THL Credit Advisors for costs and expenses incurred by THL Credit Advisors for office space rental, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by THL Credit Advisors of its duties under the investment management agreement, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by THL Credit Advisors relating to any non-investment advisory, administrative or operating services provided by THL Credit Advisors to us or in the form of managerial assistance to portfolio companies that request it.

From time to time, THL Credit Advisors may pay amounts owed by us to third party providers of goods or services. We will subsequently reimburse THL Credit Advisors for such amounts paid on our behalf.

Limitation of liability and indemnification

The investment management agreement provides that THL Credit Advisors and its officers, directors, employees and affiliates are not liable to us or any of our stockholders for any act or omission by it or its employees in the supervision or management of our investment activities or for any loss sustained by us or our stockholders, except that the foregoing exculpation does not extend to any act or omission constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations under the investment management agreement. The investment management agreement also provides for indemnification by us of THL Credit Advisors’ members, directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by it in connection with their services to us, subject to the same limitations and to certain conditions.

Board approval of the investment management agreement

Our board of directors held an in-person meeting on March 30, 2010, in order to consider and approve our investment management agreement. In its consideration of the investment management agreement, the board of directors focused on information it had received relating to, among other things: (a) the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by our investment advisor, THL Credit Advisors; (b) comparative data with respect to advisory fees or similar expenses paid by other business development companies with similar investment objectives; (c) our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to business development companies with similar investment objectives; (d) any existing and potential sources of indirect income to THL Credit Advisors or the Administrator from their relationships with us and the profitability of those relationships; (e) information about the services to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the investment management agreement; (f) the organizational capability and financial condition of THL Credit Advisors and its affiliates; (g) THL Credit Advisors’ practices regarding the selection and compensation of brokers that may execute our portfolio transactions and the brokers’ provision of brokerage and research services to our investment advisor; and (h) the possibility of obtaining similar services from other third party service providers or through an internally managed structure.

Based on the information reviewed and the discussions, the board of directors, including a majority of the non-interested directors, concluded that the investment management fee rates are reasonable in relation to the services to be provided.

Duration and termination

The investment management agreement was approved by our board of directors on March 30, 2010. Unless terminated earlier as described below, it will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date. It will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by our board of directors or by the

 

69


Table of Contents

affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not interested persons. The investment management agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The investment management agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not less than 60 days written notice to the other. Any termination by us must be authorized either by our board of directors or by vote of our stockholders. See “Risks—Risks relating to our business and structure—We are dependent upon senior management personnel of our investment advisor for our future success, and if our investment advisor is unable to hire and retain qualified personnel or if our investment advisor loses any member of its senior management team, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.”

The investment management agreement was approved by our sole stockholder on April 1, 2010.

Administration agreement

We have entered into an administration agreement with the Administrator, which we refer to as the “administration agreement,” under which the Administrator provides administrative services to us. For providing these services, facilities and personnel, we reimburse the Administrator for our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the administration agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of certain of our officers and their respective staffs.

From time to time, the Administrator may pay amounts owed by us to third-party providers of goods or services. We will subsequently reimburse the Administrator for such amounts paid on our behalf.

Additionally, at our request, the Administrator will provide on our behalf significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies to which we are required to provide such assistance.

 

70


Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The net asset value per share of our outstanding shares of common stock is determined quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding at the date as of which the determination is made.

In calculating the value of our total assets, investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or one or more broker-dealers or market makers. However, debt investments with remaining maturities within 60 days that are not credit impaired are valued at cost plus accreted discount, or minus amortized premium, which approximates fair value. Debt and equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors. Because we expect that there will not be a readily available market value for many of the investments in our portfolio, we expect to value many of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith under the direction of our board of directors in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material. See “Risks—A substantial portion of our portfolio investments may be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our board of directors and, as a result, there may be uncertainty regarding the value of our portfolio investments.”

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

  Ÿ  

our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

  Ÿ  

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of THL Credit Advisors;

 

  Ÿ  

to the extent determined by the audit committee of our board of directors, independent valuation firms engaged by our board of directors conduct independent appraisals and review THL Credit Advisors’ preliminary valuations and their own independent assessment;

 

  Ÿ  

the audit committee of our board of directors reviews the preliminary valuations of THL Credit Advisors and independent valuation firms and responds and supplements the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firm to reflect any comments; and

 

  Ÿ  

our board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith based on the input of THL Credit Advisors, the respective independent valuation firms and the audit committee.

The types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors.

In September, 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued guidance related to Fair Value Measurements. This guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

ASC 820 classifies the inputs used to measure these fair values into the following hierarchy:

Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, accessible by us at the measurement date.

 

71


Table of Contents

Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other observable inputs other than quoted prices.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

In all cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to each investment.

On October 10, 2008, revised guidance, which is now part of ASC 820— Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset is Not Active , was issued. This revised guidance provides examples of how to determine fair value in a market that is not active. It did not change the fair value measurement principles set forth in ASC 820. Furthermore, on April 9, 2009, the FASB issued additional revised guidance which provides information on estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. It also includes guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. According to this guidance in the above circumstances, more analysis and significant adjustments to transaction or quoted prices may be necessary to estimate fair value. In addition, it requires disclosure of any changes in valuation techniques and related inputs resulting from the application. The total effect of the change in valuation techniques and related inputs must also be disclosed by major asset category.

Determinations in connection with offerings

In connection with certain offerings of shares of our common stock, our board of directors or one of its committees may be required to make the determination that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made. Our board of directors or the applicable committee will consider the following factors, among others, in making any such determination:

 

  Ÿ  

the net asset value of our common stock most recently disclosed by us in the most recent periodic report that we filed with the SEC;

 

  Ÿ  

our investment advisor’s assessment of whether any material change in the net asset value of our common stock has occurred (including through the realization of gains on the sale of our portfolio securities) during the period beginning on the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value of our common stock and ending two days prior to the date of the sale of our common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

the magnitude of the difference between the net asset value of our common stock most recently disclosed by us and our investment advisor’s assessment of any material change in the net asset value of our common stock since that determination, and the offering price of the shares of our common stock in the proposed offering.

This determination will not require that we calculate the net asset value of our common stock in connection with each offering of shares of our common stock, but instead it will involve the determination by our board of directors or a committee thereof that we are not selling shares of our common stock at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock at the time at which the sale is made or otherwise in violation of the 1940 Act.

These processes and procedures are part of our compliance policies and procedures. Records will be made contemporaneously with all determinations described in this section and these records will be maintained with other records that we are required to maintain under the 1940 Act.

 

72


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

We are adopting an “opt in” dividend reinvestment plan. As a result, if we declare a cash dividend or other distribution, each stockholder that has not “opted in” to our dividend reinvestment plan will receive cash dividends, rather than having their dividends automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock.

To enroll in the dividend reinvestment plan, each stockholder must notify American Stock Transfer and Trust Company LLC, the plan administrator, in writing so that notice is received by the plan administrator prior to the record date. The plan administrator will then automatically reinvest any dividends in additional shares of our common stock. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder who has elected to participate in the plan and may hold such shares in non-certificated form under the plan administrator’s name or that of its nominee. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder participating in the plan will be calculated by reference to all shares of common stock owned by such stockholder, whether held in such stockholder’s plan account or elsewhere. The plan administrator will confirm to each participant each acquisition made for such participant pursuant to the plan as soon as practicable but not later than 10 business days after the date thereof; provided all shares have been purchased. Upon request by a stockholder participating in the plan received in writing not less than three days prior to the payment date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to and/or carrying shares in the participant’s account, issue, without charge to the participant, a certificate registered in the participant’s name for the number of whole shares of our common stock payable to the participant and a check for any fractional share. Although each participant may from time to time have an undivided fractional interest (computed to three decimal places) in a share of our common stock, no certificates for a fractional share will be issued. However, dividends and distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each participant’s account.

We will use primarily newly issued shares to implement the plan, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to net asset value. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the plan at a price per share equal to the average price for all shares purchased on the open market pursuant to the plan, including brokerage commissions. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to such stockholder by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of regular trading on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on the valuation date fixed by our board of directors for such dividend. Market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on The NASDAQ Global Select Market or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their reported bid and asked prices. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the dividend cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated. Stockholders who do not elect to receive dividends in shares of common stock may experience accretion to the net asset value of their shares if our shares are trading at a premium at the time we issue new shares under the plan and dilution if our shares are trading at a discount. The level of accretion or discount would depend on various factors, including the proportion of our stockholders who participate in the plan, the level of premium or discount at which our shares are trading and the amount of the dividend payable to a stockholder.

There will be no brokerage charges to stockholders with respect to shares of common stock issued directly by us. However, each participant will pay the brokerage commissions incurred in connection with open-market purchases. The plan administrator’s fees under the plan will be paid by us. If a participant elects by written notice to the plan administrator to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus a 10¢ per share brokerage commissions from the proceeds. If you have shares held through a broker, you should contact your broker to participate in the plan.

Stockholders who receive dividends in the form of stock are subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their dividends in cash. A stockholder’s basis for

 

73


Table of Contents

determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a dividend from us will be equal to the total dollar amount of the dividend payable to the stockholder. Any stock received in a dividend will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.

Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the plan administrator via its website at www.amstock.com, by filling out the transaction request form located at bottom of their statement and sending it to the plan administrator at P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560 or by calling the plan administrator at (866) 710-4835. You will need to know your AST ten (10) digit account number and your social security number to gain access to your account. Such termination will be effective immediately if the participant’s notice is received by the plan administrator at least three days prior to any payment date; otherwise, such termination will be effective only with respect to any subsequent dividend.

The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend by us. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at American Stock Transfer and Trust Company LLC, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560 or by telephone at (866) 710-4835.

The plan administrator will at all times act in good faith and use its best efforts within reasonable limits to ensure its full and timely performance of all services to be performed by it under the plan and to comply with applicable law, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless such error is caused by the plan administrator’s negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of its employees or agents.

 

74


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

General

We were incorporated on May 26, 2009 under the laws of the state of Delaware. Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist solely of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 6,700 shares were outstanding as of March 15, 2010, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which no shares were outstanding as of March 15, 2010. There is currently no market for our common stock, and we can offer no assurances that a market for our shares will develop in the future. We have applied to have our common stock quoted on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “TCRD.”

Common stock

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably our net assets available after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock which we may designate and issue in the future. In addition, holders of our common stock may participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.

Preferred stock

Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. The board has discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of each series of preferred stock. The 1940 Act limits our flexibility as to certain rights and preferences of the preferred stock that our certificate of incorporation may provide and requires, among other things, that immediately after issuance and before any distribution is made with respect to common stock, we meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and our preferred stock, of at least 200%, and the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on the preferred stock are unpaid in an amount equal to two full years of dividends on the preferred stock until all arrears are cured. The features of the preferred stock will be further limited by the requirements applicable to regulated investment companies under the Code. The purpose of authorizing our board to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with providing leverage for our investment program, possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from acquiring, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.

Delaware law and certain charter and bylaw provisions; anti-takeover measures

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that:

 

  Ÿ  

the board of directors be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in size as possible, with staggered three-year terms;

 

75


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;

 

  Ÿ  

directors may be removed with or without cause by approval of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the “continuing” directors (as such term is defined in our certificate of incorporation); and

 

  Ÿ  

subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock, any vacancy on the board of directors, however the vacancy occurs, including a vacancy due to an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by vote of a majority of the directors then in office.

The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on removal of directors and filling of vacancies could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring us. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that special meetings of the stockholders may only be called by our board of directors, Chairman, Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer or President.

Delaware’s corporation law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws requires a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation permits our board of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws. Our bylaws generally can be amended by approval of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the total number of continuing directors. Stockholders do not have the right to adopt, amend or repeal any of the provisions of our bylaws.

Limitations of liability and indemnification

Under our certificate of incorporation, we will fully indemnify any person who was or is involved in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was one of our directors or officers; provided, however, that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, we will not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person unless such proceeding was authorized or consented to by our board of directors. So long as we are regulated under the 1940 Act, the above indemnification and limitation of liability is limited by the 1940 Act or by any valid rule, regulation or order of the SEC thereunder. The 1940 Act provides, among other things, that a company may not indemnify any director or officer against liability to it or its security holders to which he or she might otherwise be subject by reason of his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

Delaware law also provides that indemnification permitted under the law shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise.

We have obtained liability insurance for our officers and directors.

Anti-takeover provisions

Our certificate of incorporation includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of us or to change the composition of our board of directors. This could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over us. Such attempts could have the

 

76


Table of Contents

effect of increasing our expenses and disrupting our normal operation. One of these provisions is that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, with the term of one class expiring at each annual meeting of stockholders. At each annual meeting, one class of directors is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the board of directors. A director may be removed from office only for cause by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective director. A director may be removed with or without cause by approval of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the continuing directors.

In addition, our certificate of incorporation requires the favorable vote of a majority of our board of directors followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of our outstanding shares of each affected class or series, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 10% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of our directors, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) will be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 10% or greater holder of a class or series of shares, or a principal stockholder, refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 10% or more of the outstanding shares of our voting securities.

The 10% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are: the merger or consolidation of us or any subsidiary of ours with or into any principal stockholder; the issuance of any of our securities to any principal stockholder for cash, except pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan; the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of our assets to any principal stockholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 5% of our total assets, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or the sale, lease or exchange to us or any subsidiary of ours, in exchange for our securities, of any assets of any principal stockholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 5% of our total assets, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.

To convert us to a closed-end or open-end investment company, to merge or consolidate us with any entity or sell all or substantially all of our assets to any entity in a transaction as a result of which the governing documents of the surviving entity do not contain substantially the same anti-takeover provisions as are provided in our certificate of incorporation or to liquidate and dissolve us other than in connection with a qualifying merger, consolidation or sale of assets or to amend certain of the provisions relating to these matters, our certificate of incorporation requires either (i) the favorable vote of a majority of our continuing directors followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of our then outstanding shares of each affected class or series of our shares, voting separately as a class or series or (ii) the favorable vote of at least 80% of the then outstanding shares of our capital stock, voting together as a single class. As part of any such conversion to an open-end investment company, substantially all of our investment policies and strategies and portfolio would have to be modified to assure the degree of portfolio liquidity required for open-end investment companies. In the event of our conversion to an open-end investment company, the common shares would cease to be listed on any national securities exchange or market system. Stockholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time, except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act, at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. You should assume that it is not likely that our board of directors would vote to convert us to an open-end fund.

The 1940 Act defines “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” as the lesser of a majority of the outstanding shares and 67% of a quorum of a majority of the outstanding shares. For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under our certificate of incorporation, each class and series of our shares will vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the 1940 Act or our certificate of incorporation, with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate class vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.

 

77


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, 17,813,863 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, including 4,140,496 shares issued in exchange for the Initial Portfolio Assets and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option. Of these shares, 13,666,667 shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or limitation under the Securities Act, less the 5,466,667 shares purchased by our affiliates. Any shares purchased in or prior to this offering by our affiliates will be subject to the public information, manner of sale and volume limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

We, our executive officers and directors, our other existing security holders, THL Credit Opportunities and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives. Currently there are no securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock outstanding and no such securities are anticipated to be assumed by us during the 180 day period after the date of this prospectus.

Upon expiration of any applicable lock-up periods, such shares will generally be freely tradeable in the public market, subject to the provisions of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if six months has elapsed since the date of acquisition of securities from us by our affiliates or of restricted securities from us or any of our affiliates, the holder of such securities can sell such securities; provided that the number of securities sold by such person within any three month period cannot exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the total number of securities then outstanding; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of our securities during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales under Rule 144 also are subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. If one year has elapsed since the date of acquisition of restricted securities from us or any of our affiliates and the holder is not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale, such person can sell such securities in the public market under Rule 144 without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information requirements or notice requirements. No assurance can be given as to (1) the likelihood that an active market for our common stock will develop, (2) the liquidity of any such market, (3) the ability of our stockholders to sell our securities or (4) the prices that stockholders may obtain for any of our securities. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of securities, or the availability of securities for future sales, will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our securities, or the perception that such sales could occur, may affect adversely prevailing market prices of our common stock. See “Risks—Risks related to this offering—Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.”

 

78


Table of Contents

REGULATION

We intend to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates (including any investment advisors or sub-advisors), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by “a majority of our outstanding voting securities” as defined in the 1940 Act.

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act. We do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, except for registered money market funds we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might indirectly subject our stockholders to additional expenses as they will indirectly be responsible for the costs and expenses of such companies. None of our investment policies are fundamental and any may be changed without stockholder approval.

Qualifying assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our proposed business are the following:

 

  Ÿ  

Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:

 

  Ÿ  

is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and

 

  Ÿ  

satisfies either of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

has a market capitalization of less than $250 million or does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange; or

 

  Ÿ  

is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC, the BDC actually exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the eligible portfolio company, and, as a result thereof, the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company.

 

  Ÿ  

Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.

 

  Ÿ  

Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was

 

79


Table of Contents
 

unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

 

  Ÿ  

Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

 

  Ÿ  

Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

 

  Ÿ  

Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

Managerial assistance to portfolio companies

A BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in “Regulation—Qualifying assets” above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the BDC must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance. Where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, the BDC will satisfy this test if one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance, although this may not be the sole method by which the BDC satisfies the requirement to make available managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

Temporary investments

Pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in highly rated commercial paper, U.S. Government agency notes, U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements relating to such securities that are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price which is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. Consequently, repurchase agreements are functionally similar to loans. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, the 1940 Act and certain diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes will typically require us to limit the amount we invest with any one counterparty. Our investment advisor will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Senior securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any preferred stock or publicly traded debt securities are outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risks—Risks related to our operations as a BDC.”

 

80


Table of Contents

Code of ethics

We and THL Credit Advisors have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to each code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. You may read and copy the code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, the code of ethics is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and is available on the IDEA Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov . You may also obtain copies of the code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

Proxy voting policies and procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to THL Credit Advisors. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of THL Credit Advisors are set forth below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by THL Credit Advisors and our independent directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.

Introduction

THL Credit Advisors is in the process of being registered as an investment advisor under the Advisers Act. As an investment advisor registered under the Advisers Act, THL Credit Advisors will have fiduciary duties to us. As part of this duty, THL Credit Advisors recognizes that it must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. THL Credit Advisors’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures have been formulated to ensure decision-making consistent with these fiduciary duties.

These policies and procedures for voting proxies for our investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy policies

THL Credit Advisors evaluates routine proxy matters, such as proxy proposals, amendments or resolutions on a case-by-case basis. Routine matters are typically proposed by management and THL Credit Advisors will normally support such matters so long as they do not measurably change the structure, management control, or operation of the corporation and are consistent with industry standards as well as the corporate laws of the state of incorporation.

THL Credit Advisors also evaluates non-routine matters on a case-by-case basis. Non-routine proposals concerning social issues are typically proposed by stockholders who believe that the corporation’s internally adopted policies are ill-advised or misguided. If THL Credit Advisors has determined that management is generally socially responsible, THL Credit Advisors will generally vote against these types of non-routine proposals. Non-routine proposals concerning financial or corporate issues are usually offered by management and seek to change a corporation’s legal, business or financial structure. THL Credit Advisors will generally vote in favor of such proposals provided the position of current stockholders is preserved or enhanced. Non-routine proposals concerning stockholder rights are made regularly by both management and stockholders. They can be generalized as involving issues that transfer or realign board or stockholder voting power. THL Credit Advisors typically would oppose any proposal aimed solely at thwarting potential takeovers by requiring, for example, super-majority approval. At the same time, THL Credit Advisors believes stability and continuity promote profitability. THL Credit Advisors’ guidelines in this area seek a middle road and individual proposals will be carefully assessed in the context of their particular circumstances.

 

81


Table of Contents

If a vote may involve a material conflict of interest, prior to approving such vote, THL Credit Advisors must consult with its chief compliance officer to determine whether the potential conflict is material and if so, the appropriate method to resolve such conflict. If the conflict is determined not to be material, THL Credit Advisors’ employees shall vote the proxy in accordance with THL Credit Advisors’ proxy voting policy.

Proxy voting records

You may obtain information about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to:

Chief Compliance Officer

THL Credit, Inc.

100 Federal Street, 31st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

Other

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, issue and sell our common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock, or issue and sell warrants, options or rights to acquire such common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interest and in the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders have approved our policy and practice of making such sales within the preceding 12 months. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities.

We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC.

We will be subject to periodic examination by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act.

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We and THL Credit Advisors are adopting and implementing written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, and will review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. We and THL Credit Advisors have designated an interim chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

 

82


Table of Contents

BROKERAGE ALLOCATIONS AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we will generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, we will infrequently use brokers in the normal course of our business. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, THL Credit Advisors will be primarily responsible for the execution of the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. THL Credit Advisors does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but will seek to obtain the best net results for us, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While THL Credit Advisors generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs, we will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, THL Credit Advisors may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to it and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if THL Credit Advisors determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

 

83


Table of Contents

TAX MATTERS

The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to a stockholder who purchases our common stock pursuant to this offering. This summary is subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any change may be retroactive. The discussion does not purport to deal with all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to us, or which may be important to particular stockholders in light of their individual investment circumstances or to some types of stockholders subject to special tax rules, such as financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, partnerships or other pass-through entities, persons holding our common shares in connection with a hedging, straddle, conversion or other integrated transaction, persons engaged in a trade or business in the United States or persons who have ceased to be U.S. citizens or to be taxed as resident aliens or stockholders who contribute assets to us in exchange for our shares. This discussion assumes that the stockholders hold their common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax aspects affecting us and our stockholders, and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. No ruling has been or will be sought from the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, regarding any matter discussed herein. Tax counsel has not rendered any legal opinion regarding any tax consequences relating to us or our stockholders. Stockholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in our shares.

Taxation of the company

We intend to elect and to qualify to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To continue to qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, (a) derive in each taxable year at least 90 percent of our gross income from dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to our business of investing in stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (a “QPTP”); and (b) diversify our holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (i) at least 50 percent of the market value of our total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than five percent of the value of our total assets and not more than 10 percent of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer (subject to the exception described below), and (ii) not more than 25 percent of the market value of our total assets is invested in the securities of any issuer (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies), the securities of any two or more issuers that we control and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more QPTPs. We may generate certain income that might not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. We will monitor our transactions to endeavor to prevent our disqualification as a RIC.

As a RIC, in any fiscal year with respect to which we distribute at least 90 percent of the sum of our (i) investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest and the excess of any net realized short-term capital gains over net realized long-term capital losses and other taxable income (other than any net capital gain), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) net tax exempt interest income (which is the excess of our gross tax exempt interest income over certain disallowed deductions) (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”), we (but not our stockholders) generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on investment company taxable income and net capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders. We intend to distribute annually all or substantially all of such income. To the extent that we retain our net capital gains for investment or any investment company taxable income, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax. We may choose to retain our net capital gains for investment or any investment company taxable income, and pay the associated federal corporate income tax, including the federal excise tax described below.

 

84


Table of Contents

Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible four percent U.S. federal excise tax payable by us. To avoid this tax, we must distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) during each calendar year an amount equal to the sum of:

(1) at least 98 percent of our ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year;

(2) at least 98 percent of the amount by which our capital gains exceed our capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made by us to use our taxable year); and

(3) certain undistributed amounts from previous years on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax.

While we intend to distribute any income and capital gains in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the four percent federal excise tax, sufficient amounts of our taxable income and capital gains may not be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, we will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which we do not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

If, in any particular taxable year, we do not satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement or otherwise were to fail to qualify as a RIC (for example, because we fail the 90% annual gross income requirement described above), all of our taxable income (including our net capital gains) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to stockholders, and distributions generally will be taxable to the stockholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

We may decide to be taxed as a regular corporation even if we would otherwise qualify as a RIC if we determine that treatment as a corporation for a particular year would be in our best interests.

Company investments

Certain of our investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, including the dividends received deduction, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. We will monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to borrow money or dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of us as a RIC.

Investments we make in securities issued at a discount or providing for deferred interest or PIK interest are subject to special tax rules that will affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to stockholders. For example, with respect to securities issued at a discount, we will generally be required to accrue daily as income a portion of the discount and to distribute such income each year to maintain our qualification as a RIC and to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes. Since in certain circumstances we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty making distributions in the amounts necessary to satisfy the requirements for maintaining RIC status and for avoiding U.S. federal income and excise taxes. Accordingly, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and thereby be subject to corporate-level income tax.

 

85


Table of Contents

In the event we invest in foreign securities, we may be subject to withholding and other foreign taxes with respect to those securities. We do not expect to satisfy the requirement to pass through to our stockholders their share of the foreign taxes paid by us.

Taxation of U.S. stockholders

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. stockholder” (or in this section, a “stockholder”) is a holder or a beneficial holder of shares which is for U.S. federal income tax purposes (1) a person who is a citizen or resident of the U.S., (2) a domestic corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes), (3) an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source, or (4) a trust if (a) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) the trust has in effect a valid election to be treated as a domestic trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. tax purposes holds the shares, the tax treatment of the partnership and each partner generally will depend on the activities of the partnership and the activities of the partner. Partnerships acquiring shares, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their own tax advisors. Prospective investors that are not U.S. stockholders should refer to “Non-U.S. Stockholders” below and are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our shares, including the potential application of U.S. withholding taxes.

Distributions we pay to you from our ordinary income or from an excess of net realized short-term capital gains over net realized long-term capital losses (together referred to hereinafter as “ordinary income dividends”) are generally taxable to you as ordinary income to the extent of our earnings and profits. Due to our expected investments, in general, distributions will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporate stockholders and will not qualify for the reduced rates of tax for qualified dividend income allowed to individuals. Distributions made to you from an excess of net realized long-term capital gains over net realized short-term capital losses (“capital gain dividends”), including capital gain dividends credited to you but retained by us, are taxable to you as long-term capital gains if they have been properly designated by us, regardless of the length of time you have owned our shares. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax basis of your shares and, after the adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to you (assuming the shares are held as a capital asset). The maximum U.S. federal tax rate on long-term capital gains of individuals is generally 15% for such gains realized in taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010 unless such date is extended pursuant to future legislation. For non-corporate taxpayers, ordinary income dividends will currently be taxed at a maximum rate of 35 percent, while capital gain dividends generally will be currently taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15 percent. For corporate taxpayers, both ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends are currently taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 35 percent. Generally, you will be provided with a written notice designating the amount of any (i) ordinary income dividends no later than 30 days after the close of the taxable year, and (ii) capital gain dividends or other distributions no later than 60 days after the close of the taxable year.

In the event that we retain any net capital gains, we may designate the retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to our stockholders. If a designation is made, stockholders would include in income, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate share of the undistributed amounts, but would be allowed a credit or refund, as the case may be, for their proportionate share of the corporate tax paid by us. In addition, the tax basis of shares owned by a stockholder would be increased by an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount included in the stockholder’s income as long-term capital gains and (ii) the stockholder’s proportionate share of the corporate tax paid by us.

Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. If we pay you a dividend in January which was declared in the previous October, November or December to stockholders of record on a specified date in one of these months, then the dividend will be treated for tax purposes as being paid by us and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

 

86


Table of Contents

A stockholder will realize gain or loss on the sale or exchange of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the stockholder’s adjusted basis in the shares sold or exchanged and the amount realized on their disposition. Generally, gain recognized by a stockholder on the sale or other disposition of our common shares will result in capital gain or loss to you, and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of our shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you. A loss realized on a sale or exchange of our shares will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date that the shares are disposed of. In this case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income.

Stockholders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in our shares.

Taxation of non-U.S. stockholders

The following discussion only applies to non-U.S. stockholders. A “non-U.S. stockholder” is a holder that is not a U.S. stockholder for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Whether an investment in the shares is appropriate for a non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares by a non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisers before investing in our shares.

Distributions of ordinary income dividends to non-U.S. stockholders, subject to the discussion below, will generally be subject to withholding of federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Different tax consequences may result if the non-U.S. stockholder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Interest-related dividends generally are dividends derived from certain interest income earned by us that would not be subject to such tax if earned by non-U.S. stockholders directly. Short-term capital gain dividends generally are dividends derived from the excess of our net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses. Special certification requirements apply to a non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors.

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a non-U.S. stockholder, and gains recognized by a non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, generally will not be subject to federal withholding tax and will not be subject to federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. stockholder or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year.

If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions (which we may do in the future), a non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a federal income tax return even if the non-U.S. stockholder is not otherwise required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a federal income tax return. For a corporate non-U.S. stockholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale of our common stock that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable tax treaty). Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for certain non-U.S. stockholders.

 

87


Table of Contents

New Legislation. Legislation was enacted on March 18, 2010 which significantly changes the reporting requirements of certain non-U.S. persons. Under this legislation, unless such non-U.S. persons comply with reporting requirements about their direct and indirect U.S. owners, a 30% withholding tax would be imposed on certain payments, including payments of U.S.-source dividends and gross proceeds from the sale of common stock that can produce U.S.-source dividends, that are paid to certain non-U.S. financial institutions, investment funds and other non-U.S. persons. Non-U.S. stockholders are encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the legislation on their investment in our common shares.

Backup Withholding. A non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of federal income tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of federal income tax on dividends unless the non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

 

88


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below and joint book-running managers for this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement among us, our investment advisor and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter   

Number

of Shares

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC

  

Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin Capital, Inc.

  

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets Corporation

  
    

Total

  
    

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the purchase agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the purchase agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase agreement may be terminated.

We and our investment advisor have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the underwritten shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $         per share to other dealers. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 

     Per Share    Without Option    With Option

Public offering price

   $      $      $  

Sales load

   $      $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to THL Credit, Inc.

   $      $      $  

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at approximately $960,000 and are payable by us.

 

89


Table of Contents

Overallotment Option

We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to 1,230,000 additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

Certain Shares to be Purchased by THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P.

We are concurrently offering 5,466,667 shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price directly to THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P., a special purpose unmanaged sister fund of THL Credit Opportunities, pursuant to this prospectus. These shares are included in the 13,666,667 shares being sold pursuant to this prospectus. Since these shares are being sold directly by us and not through the underwriters, no underwriting discount or commission will be paid to the underwriters for these shares. THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. will indirectly bear its allocable portion of the other expenses of this offering.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors, our other existing security holders, THL Credit Opportunities and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of the representatives. Currently there are no securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock outstanding and no such securities are anticipated to be assumed by us during the 180 day period after the date of this prospectus. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

 

  Ÿ  

offer, lend, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

 

  Ÿ  

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

 

  Ÿ  

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

 

  Ÿ  

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

 

  Ÿ  

otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

 

  Ÿ  

exercise any right with respect to the registration of any common stock,

 

  Ÿ  

request or demand that we file, or file or cause to be filed, any registration statement related to the common stock, or

 

  Ÿ  

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of

 

90


Table of Contents

disposition. In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above may be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Nasdaq Global Select Market Listing

We expect the shares to be approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Select Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “TCRD.”

Determination of the Initial Public Offering Price

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

the information included in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives,

 

  Ÿ  

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us,

 

  Ÿ  

our financial information,

 

  Ÿ  

our prospects and the history and the prospects of the industry in which we compete,

 

  Ÿ  

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

 

  Ÿ  

the present state of our development,

 

  Ÿ  

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of the offering,

 

  Ÿ  

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours, and

 

  Ÿ  

other factors deemed relevant by us and the representatives.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of

 

91


Table of Contents

shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet web site maintained by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated web site is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us, our affiliates or our portfolio companies. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

Affiliates of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are existing investors in THL Credit Opportunities, a private fund managed by an affiliate of THL Credit Advisors.

Additional Underwriting Compensation

There are no agreements between us and the underwriters or any of their affiliates other than as described herein.

 

92


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the EEA

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)   to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  (b)   to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  (c)   by the underwriters to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (d)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offer of shares contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

 

  (a)   it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and

 

  (b)   in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive), or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

 

93


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended (CISA), and accordingly the shares being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licenseable, with FINMA. Therefore, the shares have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the shares offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. The shares may solely be offered to “qualified investors,” as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended (CISA), such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus and any other materials relating to the shares are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described herein and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the shares on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

Principal Business Address

The principal business address of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036. The principal business address of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013. The principal business address of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. is 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005.

 

94


Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN

State Street Bank & Trust Company provides administrative and accounting services under a sub-administration agreement. State Street provides custodian services to us pursuant to a custodian services agreement. For the services provided to us by State Street and its affiliates, State Street is entitled to fees as agreed upon from time to time. The address of State Street Bank and Trust Company is State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.

TRANSFER AGENT

American Stock Transfer and Trust Company provides transfer agency support to us and serves as our dividend paying agent under a transfer agency agreement. The address of American Stock Transfer and Trust Company is 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10007.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the common shares will be passed upon for us by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, and for the underwriters by Sidley Austin LLP, New York, New York.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, or PWC, is our independent registered public accounting firm. The address of PWC is 125 High Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement with the SEC on Form N-2, including amendments, relating to the shares we are offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, including any exhibits and schedules it may contain. For further information concerning us or the shares we are offering, please refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to describe the material terms thereof but are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each statement is qualified in all respects by this reference.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and the related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov .

 

95


Table of Contents

PRIVACY PRINCIPLES

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of stockholders and to safeguarding our non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

Generally, we do not receive any nonpublic personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain nonpublic personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).

We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about our stockholders to our investment advisor’s employees with a legitimate business need for the information. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the nonpublic personal information of our stockholders.

 

96


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc.

Table of Contents

March 15, 2010

 

     Page(s)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Financial Statements

  

Statement of Assets and Liabilities

   F-3

Statement of Operations

   F-4

Statement of Changes in Net Assets

   F-5

Statement of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Financial Statements

   F-7-12


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholder and Board of Directors of

THL Credit, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities, and related statements of operations, of changes in net assets and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of THL Credit, Inc. (the “Company”) at March 15, 2010, the results of its operations, its changes in net assets, and its cash flows for the period May 26, 2009 (inception) through March 15, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

April 9, 2010

 

F-2


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc.

Statement of Assets and Liabilities

March 15, 2010

 

Assets

  

Cash

   $ 100,500   

Deferred offering costs

     414,767   
        

Total assets

   $ 515,267   
        

Liabilities and Net Deficit

  

Liabilities

  

Accrued expenses

   $ 435,000   

Due to affiliate

     171,360   
        

Total liabilities

     606,360   
        

Net deficit

  

Common stock, par value $0.001, 100,000,000 common shares authorized; 6,700 common shares issued and outstanding

     7   

Capital in excess of par value

     100,493   

Accumulated net loss

     (191,593
        

Total net deficit

     (91,093
        

Total liabilities and net deficit

   $ 515,267   
        

Net deficit per common share outstanding

   $ (13.60
        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc.

Statement of Operations

Period from May 26, 2009 (Inception) through March 15, 2010

 

Investment Income

  

Interest and dividends

   $ —     
        

Total investment income

     —     
        

Expenses

  

Organizational expenses

     191,593   
        

Total expenses

     191,593   
        

Net investment loss

     (191,593
        

Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations

   $ (191,593
        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc.

Statement of Changes in Net Assets

Period from May 26, 2009 (Inception) through March 15, 2010

 

Decrease in net assets from operations

  

Net investment loss

   $ (191,593
        

Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations

     (191,593

Capital share transactions

  

Shares sold

     100,500   
        

Net increase in net assets from capital share transactions

     100,500   
        

Net decrease in net assets

     (91,093

Net deficit

  

Beginning of period

     —     
        

End of period (including accumulated loss of $191,593)

   $ (91,093
        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc.

Statement of Cash Flows

Period from May 26, 2009 (Inception) through March 15, 2010

 

Cash flows from operating activities

  

Net investment loss

   $ (191,593

Increase in accrued expenses

     435,000   

Increase in due to affiliate

     171,360   
        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     414,767   

Cash flows from financing activities

  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock (6,700 common shares)

     100,500   

Increase in deferred offering costs

     (414,767
        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (314,267

Net increase in cash

     100,500   

Cash

  

Beginning of period

     —     
        

End of period

   $ 100,500   
        

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 15, 2010

 

1. Organization

THL Credit, Inc. (the “Company”) was organized as a Delaware corporation on May 26, 2009. The Company is a newly-organized, externally managed, closed-end, nondiversified management investment company that intends to file an election to be a regulated as business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Company intends to raise common equity in an initial public offering (“IPO”), which is anticipated to be consummated in the second quarter of 2010. The Company has not formally commenced principal operations other than the sale and issuance of 6,700 shares of common stock at an aggregate purchase price of $100,500 to THL Credit Opportunities, L.P., an affiliate of THL Credit Advisors LLC (the “Advisor”).

The Company’s investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation, primarily through the origination of privately negotiated investments in debt and equity securities in middle market companies.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been presented on the accrual basis of accounting inconformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents and are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. As of March 15, 2010, the Company held $100,500 of cash with a single financial institution and did not hold any cash equivalents.

Valuation of Investments

Investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations, which are generally obtained from an independent pricing service or one or more broker-dealers or market makers. However, debt investments with remaining maturities within 60 days that are not credit impaired are valued at cost plus accreted discount, or minus amortized premium, which approximates fair value. Debt and equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Company’s board of directors. Because the Company expects that there will not be a readily available market value for many of the investments in the Company’s portfolio, the Company expects to value many of its portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith under the direction of the Company’s board of directors in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by the Company’s board of directors. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of the Company’s investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 15, 2010

 

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Company’s board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

 

  Ÿ  

the Company’s quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals responsible for the portfolio investment;

 

  Ÿ  

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of the Advisor;

 

  Ÿ  

to the extent determined by the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors, independent valuation firms engaged by the Company’s board of directors conduct independent appraisals and review the Advisor’s preliminary valuations and their own independent assessment;

 

  Ÿ  

the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors reviews the preliminary valuations of the Advisor and independent valuation firms and responds and supplements the valuation recommendation of the independent valuation firm to reflect any comments; and

 

  Ÿ  

the Company’s board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in the Company’s portfolio in good faith based on the input of the Advisor, the respective independent valuation firms and the audit committee.

The types of factors that the Company may take into account in fair value pricing its investments include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded securities and other relevant factors.

3. Agreements

The Company has entered into an Investment Management Agreement under which the Advisor, subject to the overall supervision of the Company’s Board of Directors, will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment advisory services to the Company.

The Advisor will receive a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of a base management fee and a two-part incentive fee.

The base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.5% of the Company’s gross assets payable quarterly in arrears on a calendar quarter basis. For purposes of calculating the base management fee, “gross assets” is determined as the value of the Company’s assets without deduction for any liabilities. For the first quarter of our operations, the base management fee will be calculated based on the initial value of the Company’s gross assets. Subsequently, the base management fee will be calculated based on the value of the Company’s gross assets at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter. Base management fees for any partial quarter will be appropriately pro rated.

The incentive fee will have two components, ordinary income and capital gains, as follows:

The ordinary income component will be calculated, and payable, quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a

 

F-8


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 15, 2010

 

total return requirement and to deferral of non-cash amounts. The preincentive fee net investment income, which is expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets attributable to the Company’s common stock, will have a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate (also referred to as “minimum income level”). Preincentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Company’s Administration Agreement (discussed below), and any interest expenses and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any offering expenses and other expenses not charged to operations but excluding certain reversals to the extent such reversals have the effect of reducing previously accrued incentive fees based on the deferral of non-cash interest). Preincentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. The Advisor will receive no incentive fee for any calendar quarter in which the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income does not exceed the minimum income level. Subject to the total return requirement described below, the Advisor will receive 100% of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the preincentive net investment income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the minimum income level but is less than 2.5% (which is 10.0% annualized) of net assets (also referred to as the “catch-up” provision) and 20.0% of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter, if any, greater than 2.5% (10.0% annualized) of net assets. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income will be payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter will be limited to the lesser of (i) 20% of the Company’s preincentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter and (ii) (x) 20% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the sum of preincentive fee net investment income, base management fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Company for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (sometimes referred to as PIK interest or original issue discount) will be paid to the Advisor, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent the Company actually receives such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual.

The capital gains component of the incentive fee will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Management Agreement, as of the termination date), commencing on December 31, 2010. This component will equal 20.0% of the Company’s cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of the cumulative aggregate realized capital losses and cumulative aggregate unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year. The aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees is subtracted from such capital gains incentive fee calculated. The capital gains incentive fee determined as of December 31, 2010 will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized depreciation for the period ending December 31, 2010. If such amount is negative, then no capital gains incentive fee will be payable for such year. Additionally,

 

F-9


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 15, 2010

 

if the Investment Management Agreement is terminated as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying the capital gains incentive fee.

The Company has also entered into an Administration Agreement with the Advisor under which the Advisor will provide administrative services to the Company. The Company will reimburse the Advisor for the Company’s allocable portion of costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for office space rental, office equipment and utilities allocable to the performance by the Advisor of its duties under the Investment Management Agreement, as well as any costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor relating to any administrative or operating services provided by the Advisor to the Company, certain advisory related expenses or managerial assistance to portfolio companies that request it.

4. Organizational Expenses and Offering Expenses

A portion of the net proceeds of the IPO will be used to pay offering costs. Offering costs will be charged against the proceeds from the IPO upon consummation of the IPO and are currently estimated to be approximately $960,000 through the date of the IPO. As of March 15, 2010, $414,767 in offering costs have been incurred and are reflected as deferred offering costs on the Statement of Assets and Liabilities. Organizational expenses will be expensed as incurred and are currently estimated to be approximately $191,593, which has been reflected as “Organizational expenses” in the Statement of Operations. Such offering and organizational expenses reflect management’s estimate and are subject to change upon the completion of the IPO and conclusion of the offering process. In the event the IPO is not consummated, the Company may not be able to pay certain or all of the expenses incurred. An affiliate of the Advisor has paid certain offering and organizational costs on behalf of the Company to date. The Company will reimburse the Advisor, which will reimburse its affiliate, for such payments upon completion of the IPO. The amount due to the affiliate of the Advisor is reflected as “Due to affiliate” on the Statement of Asset and Liabilities.

5. Federal Income Taxes

The Company intends to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to regulated investment companies under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and, among other things, is required to make the requisite distributions to its stockholders that will relieve it from federal income or excise taxes. Therefore, no provision has been recorded in the financial statements for federal income or excise taxes.

The Company follows the provisions under the authoritative guidance on accounting for and disclosure of uncertainty in tax positions. The provisions require management to determine whether a tax position of the Company is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the tax amount recognized in the financial statements is reduced by the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant taxing authority. There are no unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying financial statements. There are no tax years that are currently subject to examination by taxing authorities.

6. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2009, the Company adopted the FASB amendments to general standards on accounting for and disclosures of events that occur after balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. The adoption of this guidance did not materially impact the Company’s financial statements. See Note 7, Subsequent Events, for further discussion.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 15, 2010

 

In June 2009, the FASB issued FASB ASC 105-10, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles”, (formerly SFAS 168). FASB ASC 105-10 replaces the SFAS 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, and establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”) as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by non-governmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP. The Codification became the exclusive authoritative reference at September 30, 2009. Updates to the Codification Standards are issued as Accounting Standard Updates (“ASU”s) by the FASB. The adoption of the Codification does not impact the Partnership’s financial statements except for references made to authoritative accounting literature in the footnotes.

7. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated the possibility of subsequent events that may require disclosure in the Company’s financial statements through April 9, 2010, the date that the financial statements were available to be issued.

On March 30, 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the Company’s entering into a purchase and sale agreement with THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. (“BDC Holdings”), a special purpose unmanaged sister fund, to effectuate the sale by THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. to the Company of the securities listed below. The transaction is expected to close shortly prior to the Company’s election to be regulated as a BDC. In connection with the consummation of the transaction, the Company expects to issue to BDC Holdings shares of common stock, at the expected IPO price of $15.00 per share, equal to the fair value of these securities at such closing, as determined by the Company’s board of directors.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

THL Credit, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

March 15, 2010

 

The securities as of March 15, 2010 to be purchased pursuant to the purchase and sale agreement are as follows:

 

Portfolio Company/Type of Investment(1)

  

Industry

   Principal/No.
of Shares/No.

of Units
   Fair Value(2)

Non-control investments

        

Anytime Worldwide, LLC

        

Senior Secured Note, 16.0%, due 12/11/14

  

Recreation &

Leisure

Services

   $ 12,900,000    $ 12,335,860

Class A Units(3)

        157,257.10    $ 564,140

Warrant for Class B Units

           —  
            
         $ 12,900,000

Food Processing Holdings, LLC

        

Senior Subordinated Note, 13.5% cash

  

Food

Processing

Services

     

2.0% PIK, due 8/10/15(7)

      $ 12,021,836    $ 11,450,407

Class A Units

        162.44    $ 163,268

Class B Units

        406.09    $ 408,161
            
         $ 12,021,836

JDC Healthcare Management, LLC

        

Senior Subordinated Note, 12.0% cash

  

Healthcare,

Dental

Services

     

3.5% PIK, due 6/16/14

      $ 10,267,749    $ 9,650,000

Member interest(4)(5)

        1,393    $ 1,393,209
            
         $ 11,043,209

LCP Capital Fund, LLC

        

Member interest(5)(6)

  

Financial

Services

   $ 12,000,000    $ 12,000,000
            
         $ 12,000,000

Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.

        

Senior Subordinated Note, 13.5% cash

  

Healthcare,

Ambulatory

Surgery

Centers

     

2.0% PIK, due 6/24/15

      $ 13,147,222    $ 12,775,664

Preferred Stock, 19.0% dividend rate

        913.04    $ 895,546

Member interest(4)(5)

        389,821    $ 389,821
            
         $ 14,061,031

Total Portfolio Investments

         $ 62,026,076
            

 

(1)   All debt investments are income producing. Equity and member interests are non-income producing unless otherwise noted.
(2)   Fair value as determined by the board of directors of THL Credit, Inc. as of March 15, 2010.
(3)   Comprised of 157,100 Class A Financial Units and 157.10 Class A Governance Units.
(4)   Equity ownership may be held in shares or units of companies related to the portfolio company.
(5)   Member interests of limited liability companies are the equity equivalents of the stock of corporations.
(6)   Income producing security.
(7)   Interest held in a company related to the portfolio company.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

 

 

Through and including                     , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscription.

13,666,667 Shares

THL Credit, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

BofA Merrill Lynch

Citi

Deutsche Bank Securities

Stifel Nicolaus

BB&T Capital Markets

A Division of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC

Houlihan Lokey

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

RBC Capital Markets

                    , 2010

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Part C

OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25. Financial statements and exhibits

 

1.   Financial Statements

 

2.   Exhibits

 

(a)   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation(1)

 

(b)   By-Laws(2)

 

(d)   Form of Specimen Certificate(1)

 

(e)   Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan(1)

 

(g)   Investment Management Agreement by and between the Company and THL Credit Advisors LLC(1)

 

(h)   Form of Purchase Agreement(1)

 

(j)   Form of Custodian Agreement by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company(1)

 

(k)(1)   Administration Agreement by and between the Company and THL Credit Advisors LLC(1)

 

(k)(2)   Form of Sub-Administration Agreement by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company(1)

 

(k)(3)   Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among the Company, THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P.(1)

 

(k)(4)   License Agreement by and among Thomas H. Lee Partners, the Company and THL Credit Advisors LLC(1)

 

(l)   Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Company(1)

 

(n)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(1)

 

(p)(1)   Subscription Agreement by and between the Company and THL Credit Opportunities, L.P.(1)

 

(p)(2)   Form of Subscription Agreement by and between the Company and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P.(1)

 

(r)   Code of Ethics of the Company(1)

 

 

(1)   Filed herewith.
(2)   Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit number to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form N-2 filed on July 15, 2009.

 

1


Table of Contents

Item 26. Marketing arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Underwriting” in this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference. Reference is also made to the Form of Underwriting Agreement for the Registrant’s shares of common stock to be filed by amendment to this registration statement.

Item 27. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement:

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 16,740   

FINRA filing fee

   $ 30,500   

NASDAQ Global Select Market listing fee

   $ 125,000   

Printing (other than certificates)

   $ 150,000   

Engraving and printing certificates

   $ 15,000   

Accounting fees and expenses

   $ 57,500   

Legal fees and expenses

   $ 405,000   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

   $ 160,000 (*) 
        

Total

   $ 959,740   
        

 

(*)   Includes approximately $110,000 for travel and related expenses.

All of the expenses set forth above shall be borne by the Registrant.

Item 28. Persons controlled by or under common control with the registrant

None.

Item 29. Number of holders of shares

The following table sets forth the approximate number of record holders of the Company’s common stock as of March 15, 2010:

 

Title of Class

  

Number of Record Holders

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

   1

Item 30. Indemnification

The information contained under the heading “Description of Shares” is incorporated herein by reference.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of an action suit or proceeding) is asserted by a director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is again public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

2


Table of Contents

The Registrant carries liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers (other than with respect to claims resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office) on a claims-made basis.

The Registrant has agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 31. Business and other connections of investment advisor

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which THL Credit Advisors LLC, and each managing director, director or executive officer of THL Credit Advisors, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the section entitled “The Advisor.” Additional information regarding THL Credit Advisors and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No.             ), and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 32. Location of accounts and records

The Registrant’s accounts, books and other documents are currently located at the offices of the Registrant, c/o THL Credit Advisors, 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110, and at the offices of the Registrant’s Custodian, State Street, and Transfer Agent, AST.

Item 33. Management services

Not Applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

(1) The Registrant hereby undertakes to suspend the offering of its common stock until it amends its prospectus if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the Registration Statement or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

(2) Not applicable.

(3) Not applicable.

(4) Not applicable.

(5) (a) For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(6) Not applicable.

 

3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston, and Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 20th day of April, 2010.

 

By:

 

/s/    James K. Hunt

 

Name: James K. Hunt

Title: Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on April 20, 2010. This document may be executed by the signatories hereto on any number of counterparts, all of which constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Name

  

Title

/s/    James K. Hunt

James K. Hunt

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors and

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/    Terrence W. Olson

Terrence W. Olson

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

*

David K. Downes

  

Director

*

Nancy Hawthorne

  

Director

*

Keith W. Hughes

  

Director

*

John A. Sommers

  

Director

*

David P. Southwell

  

Director

 

*   Signed by Terrence W. Olson on behalf of those identified pursuant to his designation as attorney-in-fact signed by each on July 15, 2009.

 

4


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

(a  

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation(1)

(b  

By-Laws(2)

(d  

Form of Specimen Certificate(1)

(e  

Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan(1)

(g  

Investment Management Agreement by and between the Company and THL Credit Advisors LLC(1)

(h  

Form of Purchase Agreement(1)

(j  

Form of Custodian Agreement by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company(1)

(k )(1)   

Administration Agreement by and between the Company and THL Credit Advisors LLC(1)

(k )(2)   

Form of Sub-Administration and Accounting Services Agreement by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company(1)

(k )(3)   

Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among the Company, THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P.(1)

(k )(4)   

License Agreement by and among Thomas H. Lee Partners, the Company and THL Credit Advisors LLC(1)

(l  

Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Company(1)

(n  

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm(1)

(p )(1)   

Subscription Agreement by and between the Company and THL Credit Opportunities, L.P.(1)

(p )(2)   

Form of Subscription Agreement by and between the Company and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P.(1)

(r  

Code of Ethics of the Company(1)

 

(1)   Filed herewith.
(2)   Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit number to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 on Form N-2, filed on July 15, 2009.

Exhibit (a)

AMENDED

AND

RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

THL CREDIT, INC.

The undersigned, James K. Hunt, certifies that he is the Chief Executive Officer of THL Credit, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), and does hereby further certify as follows:

(1) The name of the Corporation is THL Credit, Inc.

(2) The name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated was THL Credit Investors, Inc. and the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 26, 2009 and amended and restated on July 7, 2009.

(3) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(4) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the written consent of the Corporation’s sole stockholder, adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(5) The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation dated July 7, 2009 is amended and restated to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

Section 1.1 The name of the Corporation is THL Credit, Inc.

ARTICLE II

Section 2.1 The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.


ARTICLE III

Section 3.1 The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

ARTICLE IV

Section 4.1 The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is two hundred million (200,000,000) shares of which the Corporation shall have authority to issue one hundred million (100,000,000) shares of common stock (the “Common Shares”), each having a par value of one one-thousandth of a dollar ($0.001), and one hundred million (100,000,000) shares of preferred stock (the “Preferred Shares”), each having a par value of one one-thousandth of a dollar ($0.001).

Section 4.2 Common Shares

(a) Voting Rights. Except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, holders of record of Common Shares shall have one vote in respect of each share of stock held by such holder of record on the books of the Corporation for the election of directors and on all other matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

(b) Dividends. Holders of Common Shares shall be entitled to receive proportionately, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of the assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, dividends payable either in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock.

(c) Liquidation, Dissolution, or Winding Up. In the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (“Liquidation”), holders of Common Shares shall be entitled, unless otherwise provided by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, to receive, after payment of all of the liabilities of the Corporation and redemption or other retirement of all of the Preferred Shares of the Corporation, or after money sufficient therefore shall have been set aside, all of the remaining assets of the Corporation of whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of Common Shares held by them respectively.

Section 4.3 Preferred Shares.

(a) The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any of the Preferred Shares in one or more series, and to fix for each such series such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such distinctive designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special


rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such series and as may be permitted by the GCL, including, without limitation, the authority to provide that any such series may be (i) subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price or prices; (ii) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or any other series; (iii) entitled to such rights upon the dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation; or (iv) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock, or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock, of the Corporation at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments; all as may be stated in such resolution or resolutions. Any of the foregoing provisions shall be consistent with the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) to the extent applicable.

(b) Each share of each series of the Preferred Shares shall have the same relative rights and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of the same series, except that shares of any one series issued at different times may differ as to the dates, if any, from which dividends thereon shall be cumulative. Except as otherwise provided by law or specified in this ARTICLE IV, any series of the Preferred Shares may differ from any other series with respect to any one or more of the voting powers, designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

(c) Before any dividends on any class of stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Preferred Shares (other than dividends payable in shares of any class of stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Preferred Shares) shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment, the holders of shares of each series of the Preferred Shares shall be entitled to such cash dividends, but only if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor, as they may be entitled to in accordance with the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such series, payable on such dates as may be fixed by or under direction of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

(d) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any payment or distribution of the assets of the Corporation shall be made to or set apart for the holders of shares of any class of stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Preferred Shares, the holders, or to have set apart, of the shares of each series of the Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive payment of the amount per share fixed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of the shares of such series, plus an amount equal to all dividends accumulated and not yet paid thereon to the date of final distribution to such holders. If, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation, or proceeds thereof, distributable among the holders of the shares of the Preferred Shares shall be insufficient to pay in full the preferential amount aforesaid, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be


distributed among such holders ratably in accordance with the respective amounts which would be payable on such shares if all amounts payable thereon were paid in full. For the purposes of this paragraph (d), the sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Corporation or a consolidation or merger of the Corporation with one or more corporations shall not be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up, voluntary or involuntary.

(e) The term “junior stock,” as used in relation to the Preferred Shares, shall mean the Common Shares and any other class of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized which by its terms shall rank junior to the Preferred Shares as to dividend rights and as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

(f) Before the Corporation shall issue any Preferred Shares of any series authorized as hereinbefore provided, a certificate setting forth a copy of the resolution or resolutions with respect to such series adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation pursuant to the foregoing authority vested in said Board of Directors shall be made, filed and recorded in accordance with the then applicable requirements, if any, of the laws of the State of Delaware, or, if no certificate is then so required, such certificate shall be signed and acknowledged on behalf of the Corporation by its president or a vice-president and its corporate seal shall be affixed thereto and attested by its secretary or an assistant secretary and such certificate shall be filed and kept on file at the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware and in such other place or places as the Board of Directors shall designate.

Section 4.4 Shares of any series of the Preferred Shares which shall be issued and thereafter acquired by the Corporation through purchase, redemption, conversion or otherwise, shall return to the status of authorized but unissued shares of the Preferred Shares, undesignated as to series, unless otherwise provided in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issuance thereof, the number of authorized shares of stock of any such series may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors and the filing of a certificate complying with the requirements referred to in subparagraph 4.3(f) above.

ARTICLE V

Section 5.1 Classified Board . The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, as nearly equal in number as possible, and the term of office of directors of one class shall expire at each annual meeting of stockholders, and in all cases as to each director when such director’s successor shall be elected and shall qualify or upon such director’s earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity. Additional directorships resulting from an increase in number of directors shall be apportioned among the classes as equally as possible. The initial term of office of directors of Class I shall expire at the first annual


meeting of stockholders; that of Class II shall expire at the second annual meeting; and that of Class III shall expire at the third annual meeting; and in all cases as to each director when such director’s successor shall be elected and shall qualify or upon such director’s earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity. Beginning at the first annual meeting and thereafter at each annual meeting, the number of directors equal to the number of directors of the class whose term expires at the time of such meeting (or, if more or less, the number of directors properly nominated and qualified for election) shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election.

Section 5.2 Changes . The Board of Directors, by amendment to the Corporation’s By-Laws, is expressly authorized to change the number of directors without the consent of the stockholders to any number between two or nine and to allocate such number of directors among the classes as evenly as practicable.

Section 5.3 Elections . Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Bylaws.

Section 5.4 Removal of Directors . Any director may be removed for cause from office by the action of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote for the election of the respective director. Any director may be removed with or without cause by approval of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the continuing directors (as defined in Section 9.1).

Section 5.5 Vote Required to Amend or Repeal. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend in any respect or repeal this ARTICLE V; provided, however, that if at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the continuing directors (as defined in Section 9.1) have approved such amendment or repeal, the affirmative vote required for such amendment or repeal shall be a majority of such shares.

Section 5.6 Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Shares, and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, all vacancies on the Board of Directors and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled exclusively by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and shall not be filled by the stockholders.

ARTICLE VI

Section 6.1 The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.


Section 6.2 No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Section 6.2 by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

Section 6.3 In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL and this Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE VII

Section 7.1 Special Meetings of Stockholders. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or this Certificate of Incorporation, only by the chairman, vice-chairman, chief executive officer or president or by a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors.

Section 7.2 Vote Required to Amend or Repeal. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend in any respect or repeal this ARTICLE VII.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 8.1 Amend or Repeal By-Laws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any adoption, amendment or repeal of the By-Laws by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the continuing directors (as defined in Section 9.1). The stockholders shall not have the right to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

Section 8.2 Vote Required to Amend or Repeal. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend in any respect or repeal this ARTICLE VIII.


ARTICLE IX

Section 9.1 The conversion of the Corporation from a business development company to a closed-end investment company or an open-end investment company, the liquidation and dissolution of the Corporation, the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any entity in a transaction as a result of which the governing documents of the surviving entity do not contain substantially the same provisions as described in Sections 5.1, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 7.1, 7.2, 8.1, 8.2, 9.1 and 11.1 of this Certificate of Incorporation or the amendment of any of the provisions discussed herein shall require the approval of (i) the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the then outstanding Shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, voting together as a single class, or (ii) at least (A) a majority of the “continuing directors” and (B) the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the then outstanding Shares of each affected class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock, voting separately as a class or series. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, a “continuing director” is a director who (x) (A) has been a director of the corporation for at least twelve months and (B) is not a person or an affiliate of a person who enters into, or proposes to enter into, a business combination with the Corporation or (y) (A) is a successor to a continuing director, (B) who was appointed to the Board of Directors by at least a majority of the continuing directors and (C) is not a person or an affiliate of a person who enters into, or proposes to enter into, a business combination with the Corporation.

ARTICLE X

Section 10.1 Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XI

Section 11.1 Certain Transactions.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the exceptions provided in paragraph (d) of this Section, the types of transactions described in paragraph (c) of this Section shall require the affirmative vote or consent of a majority of the Directors then in office followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares of each affected class or series outstanding, voting as separate classes or series, when a Principal Shareholder (as defined in paragraph (b) of this Section) is a party to the transaction. Such affirmative vote or consent shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the holders of Shares otherwise required by law or by the terms of any class or series of Preferred Shares, whether now or hereafter authorized, or any agreement between the Corporation and any national securities exchange.

(b) The term “Principal Shareholder” shall mean any corporation, Person (which shall mean and include individuals, partnerships, trusts, limited liability companies, associations, joint ventures and other entities, whether or not


legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof) or other entity which is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding Shares of any outstanding class or series and shall include any affiliate or associate, as such terms are defined in clause (ii) below, of a Principal Shareholder. For the purposes of this Section, in addition to the Shares which a corporation, Person or other entity beneficially owns directly, (a) any corporation, Person or other entity shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any Shares (i) which it has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement or upon exercise of conversion rights or warrants, or otherwise (but excluding share options granted by the Corporation) or (ii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly (including Shares deemed owned through application of clause (i) above), by any other corporation, Person or entity with which its “affiliate” or “associate” (as defined below) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of Shares, or which is its “affiliate” or “associate” as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (b) the outstanding Shares shall include Shares deemed owned through application of clauses (i) and (ii) above but shall not include any other Shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights or warrants, or otherwise.

(c) This Section shall apply to the following transactions:

(i) The merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation with or into any Principal Shareholder.

(ii) The issuance of any securities of the Corporation to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan).

(iii) The sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Corporation to any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than five percent (5%) of the total assets of the Corporation, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period).

(iv) The sale, lease or exchange to the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof, in exchange for securities of the Corporation, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than five percent (5%) of the total assets of the Corporation, aggregating for the purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period).

(d) The provisions of this Section shall not be applicable to (i) any of the transactions described in paragraph (c) of this Section if 80% of the continuing directors (as defined in Section 9.1) shall by resolution have approved a memorandum of understanding with such Principal Shareholder with respect to and substantially consistent with such transaction, in which case approval by a “majority of the outstanding


voting securities,” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, of the Corporation with each class and series of Shares voting together as a single class, except to the extent otherwise required by law, the 1940 Act or this Certificate of Incorporation with respect to any one or more classes or series of Shares, in which case the applicable proportion of such classes or series of Shares voting as a separate class or series, as the case may be, also will be required, shall be the only vote of Shareholders required by this Section, or (ii) any such transaction with any entity of which a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of a stock normally entitled to vote in elections of directors is owned of record or beneficially by the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

(e) The Board of Directors shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Section on the basis of information known to the Corporation whether (i) a corporation, person or entity beneficially owns any particular percentage of the outstanding Shares of any class or series, (ii) a corporation, person or entity is an “affiliate” or “associate” (as defined above) of another, (iii) the assets being acquired or leased to or by the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof constitute a substantial part of the assets of the Corporation and have an aggregate fair market value of less than five percent (5%) of the total assets of the Corporation, and (iv) the memorandum of understanding referred to in paragraph (d) hereof is substantially consistent with the transaction covered thereby. Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Section.

ARTICLE XII

Section 12.1 The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE XIII

Section 13.1 The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute or by this Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE XIV

Section 14.1 The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives; provided, however, that, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred by this ARTICLE XIV shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending or otherwise participating in any proceeding in advance of its final disposition.


Section 14.2 The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this ARTICLE XIV to directors and officers of the Corporation.

Section 14.3 The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE XIV shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws of the Corporation, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 14.4 The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE XIV shall be subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act to the extent applicable.

Section 14.5 Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE XIV by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE XV

Section 15.1 The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203(a) of Title 8 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THL Credit, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be duly executed in its corporate name this 15th day of April, 2010.

 

THL Credit, Inc.
By:  

/s/ James K. Hunt

Name:   James K. Hunt
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit (d)

[FORM OF SPECIMEN COMMON STOCK CERTIFICATE]

 

NUMBER             

                 SHARES

THL CREDIT, INC.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

COMMON STOCK

SEE REVERSE FOR

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP:             

THIS CERTIFIES THAT                                                                                                                                                                                  

IS THE OWNER OF                                                                                                                                                                                          

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE PAR VALUE OF $0.001 EACH

OF THE COMMON STOCK OF

THL CREDIT, INC. (THE “CORPORATION”)

TRANSFERABLE ON THE BOOKS OF THE CORPORATION IN PERSON OR BY DULY AUTHORIZED ATTORNEY UPON SURRENDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE PROPERLY ENDORSED. THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT VALID UNLESS COUNTERSIGNED BY THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTERED BY THE REGISTRAR. WITNESS THE SEAL OF THE COMPANY AND THE FACSIMILE SIGNATURES OF ITS DULY AUTHORIZED OFFICERS.

DATED:

THL CREDIT, INC.

CORPORATE

DELAWARE

SEAL

2010

 

By:   

 

     

 

   President       Secretary
By:   

 

     
   Transfer Agent      

 

1


 

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM —

  as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT        

                  Custodian               

        

TEN ENT—

  as tenants by the entireties      

(Cust)

  

(Minor)

JT TEN —

 

as joint tenants with right of survivorship

and not as tenants in common

     

under Uniform Gifts to

Minors Act                 

           (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

THL CREDIT, INC.

The Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof of the Corporation and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                                                               HEREBY SELLS, ASSIGNS AND TRANSFERS UNTO

(PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE)

 

                                                                                                                                    

  

                                                                                                                                    

  
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                                                           

                                                                                       SHARES OF THE CAPITAL STOCK REPRESENTED BY THE WITHIN CERTIFICATE, AND DOES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSTITUTE AND APPOINT                                                   ATTORNEY TO TRANSFER THE SAID STOCK ON THE BOOKS OF THE WITHIN NAMED CORPORATION WITH FULL POWER OF SUBSTITUTION IN THE PREMISES.

 

DATED:                                                                                     


             NOTICE: The signature(s) to this assignment must correspond
with the name(s) as written upon the face of the certificate in
every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any
change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

          

 

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION RULE 17Ad-15).

    

 

2

Exhibit (e)

FORM OF DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

OF

THL CREDIT, INC.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

THL Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), hereby adopts the following plan (the “ Plan ”) with respect to net investment income dividends and capital gains distributions declared by its Board of Directors on shares of its Common Stock:

 

  1. Unless a stockholder of the Corporation’s common stock (“ Common Stock ”) specifically elects to have his, her or its net investment income dividends and capital gains distributions automatically reinvested in additional Common Stock as set forth below, if the Board of Directors declares a net investment income dividend or capital gains distribution, each stockholder will receive all such net income dividends and capital gains distributions in cash (the “ Cash Dividends ”).

 

  2. Such Cash Dividends shall be payable on such date or dates as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors to stockholders of record at the close of business on the record date(s) established by the Board of Directors for the Cash Dividends involved.

 

  3. The Corporation shall use primarily newly-issued shares of its Common Stock to implement the Plan, whether its shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to net asset value. However, the Corporation reserves the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with the implementation of the plan at a price per share equal to the average price for all shares purchased on the open market on such date pursuant to the Plan, including brokerage commissions. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder shall be determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such stockholder by the market price per share of the Corporation’s Common Stock at the close of regular trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on the valuation date fixed by the Board of Directors for such distribution. Market price per share on that date shall be the closing price for such shares on the NASDAQ Global Select Market or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their reported bid and asked prices.

 

  4.

A stockholder may, however, elect to have his, her or its net investment income dividends and capital gains distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock. To exercise this option, such stockholder shall notify American Stock Transfer and Trust Company LLC, the plan administrator (the “ Plan Administrator ”), in writing so that such notice is received by the Plan Administrator no later than the record date fixed by the Board of Directors for the net

 

1


  investment income dividend and/or capital gains distribution involved. The amount of Common Stock to be issued to Participants pursuant to the Plan will be calculated by reference to all shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant, whether held in its Plan account or elsewhere.

 

  5. There will be no brokerage charges with respect to shares of Common Stock issued directly by the Corporation. However, each participant will pay the brokerage commissions incurred in connection with open-market purchases. If a stockholder has shares held by a broker, such stockholder should contact his/her broker to participate in the Plan.

 

  6. The Plan Administrator will set up an account for shares acquired pursuant to the Plan for each stockholder who has elected to participate in the Plan (each a “ Participant ”). The Plan Administrator may hold each Participant’s shares, together with the shares of other Participants, in non-certificated form in the Plan Administrator’s name or that of its nominee. Upon request by a Participant, received in writing no later than three days prior to the payment date, the Plan Administrator will, instead of crediting shares to and/or carrying shares in a Participant’s account, issue, without charge to the Participant, a certificate registered in the Participant’s name for the number of whole shares payable to the Participant and a check for any fractional share.

 

  7. The Plan Administrator will confirm to each Participant each acquisition made pursuant to the Plan as soon as practicable but not later than 10 business days after the date thereof provided all shares have been purchased. Although each Participant may from time to time have an undivided fractional interest (computed to three decimal places) in a share of Common Stock of the Corporation, no certificates for a fractional share will be issued. However, dividends and distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each Participant’s account. In the event of termination of a Participant’s account under the Plan, the Plan Administrator will adjust for any such undivided fractional interest in cash at the market value of the Corporation’s shares at the time of termination.

 

  8. The Plan Administrator will forward to each Participant any Corporation-related proxy solicitation materials and each Corporation report or other communication to stockholders, and will vote any shares held by it under the Plan in accordance with the instructions set forth on proxies returned by Participants to the Corporation.

 

  9. In the event that the Corporation makes available to its stockholders rights to purchase additional shares or other securities, the shares held by the Plan Administrator for each Participant under the Plan will be added to any other shares held by the Participant in certificated form in calculating the number of rights to be issued to the Participant. Transaction processing may be either curtailed or suspended until the completion of any stock dividend, stock split or corporate action.

 

2


  10. The Plan Administrator’s service fee, if any, and expenses for administering the Plan will be paid for by the Corporation.

 

  11. Each Participant may terminate his, her or its account under the Plan by so notifying the Plan Administrator via the Plan Administrator’s website at www.amstock.com, by filling out the transaction request form located at the bottom of the Participant’s Statement and sending it to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC, PO Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269-0560 or by calling the Plan Administrator’s Interactive Voice Response System at (866) 710-4835. Such termination will be effective immediately if the Participant’s notice is received by the Plan Administrator at least three days prior to any dividend or distribution record date; otherwise, such termination will be effective only with respect to any subsequent dividend or distribution. The Plan may be terminated by the Corporation upon notice in writing mailed to each Participant at least 30 days prior to any payment date for the payment of any dividend or distribution by the Corporation. Upon any termination, the Plan Administrator will cause a certificate or certificates to be issued for the full shares held for the Participant under the Plan and a cash adjustment for any fractional share to be delivered to the Participant without charge to the Participant. If a Participant elects by his, her or its written notice to the Plan Administrator in advance of termination to have the Plan Administrator sell part or all of his, her or its shares and remit the proceeds to the Participant, the Plan Administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus a $0.10 per share brokerage commission from the proceeds.

 

  12. These terms and conditions may be amended or supplemented by the Corporation at any time but, except when necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law or the rules or policies of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory authority, only by mailing to each Participant appropriate written notice at least 30 days prior to the effective date thereof. The amendment or supplement shall be deemed to be accepted by each Participant unless, prior to the effective date thereof, the Plan Administrator receives written notice of the termination of his, her or its account under the Plan. Any such amendment may include an appointment by the Plan Administrator in its place and stead of a successor agent under these terms and conditions, with full power and authority to perform all or any of the acts to be performed by the Plan Administrator under these terms and conditions. Upon any such appointment of any agent for the purpose of receiving dividends and distributions, the Corporation will be authorized to pay to such successor agent, for each Participant’s account, all dividends and distributions payable on shares of the Corporation held in the Participant’s name or under the Plan for retention or application by such successor agent as provided in these terms and conditions.

 

3


  13. The Plan Administrator will at all times act in good faith and use its best efforts within reasonable limits to ensure its full and timely performance of all services to be performed by it under this Plan and to comply with applicable law, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless such error is caused by the Plan Administrator’s negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of its employees or agents. This limitation of liability does not constitute a waiver of any rights a Participant might have under applicable federal securities laws.

 

  14. These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4


April , 2010

By and on behalf of

THL CREDIT, INC.

 

 

By:   James K. Hunt
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

By and on behalf of

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER AND TRUST COMPANY LLC

 

 

By:

 

Title:

 

 

5

Exhibit (g)

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT, dated as of April 1, 2010, between THL Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and THL Credit Advisors LLC (the “ Advisor ”), a Delaware limited liability company.

WHEREAS, the Advisor has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Corporation, which intends to elect to operate as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”);

WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Advisor is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

1. In General . The Advisor agrees, all as more fully set forth herein, to act as investment advisor to the Corporation with respect to the investment of the Corporation’s assets and to supervise and arrange for the day-to-day operations of the Corporation and the purchase of assets for and the sale of assets held in the investment portfolio of the Corporation.

2. Duties and Obligations of the Advisor with Respect to Investment of Assets of the Corporation .

(a) Subject to the succeeding provisions of this paragraph and subject to the direction and control of the Corporation’s board of directors (the “ Board of Directors ”), the Advisor shall (i) act as investment advisor for and supervise and manage the investment and reinvestment of the Corporation’s assets and in connection therewith have complete discretion in purchasing and selling securities and other assets for the Corporation and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Corporation; (ii) supervise continuously the investment program of the Corporation and the composition of its investment portfolio; and (iii) arrange, subject to the provisions of Section 2(e) hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets held in the investment portfolio of the Corporation. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to restrict the Corporation’s right to hire its own employees or to contract for administrative services to be performed by third parties, including but not limited to, the calculation of the net asset value of the Corporation’s shares.


(b) In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Advisor shall at all times use all reasonable efforts to conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act, and of any rules or regulations in force thereunder, subject to the terms of any exemptive order applicable to the Corporation; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-Laws of the Corporation, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives, policies and restrictions applicable to the Corporation as set forth in the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form N-2, dated June 1, 2009 (the “ Registration Statement ”), as they may be amended from time to time by the Board of Directors or shareholders of the Corporation; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and provided in writing to the Advisor.

(c) The Advisor will seek to provide qualified personnel to fulfill its duties hereunder and, except as set forth in the following sentence, will bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with its investment advisory duties thereunder. The Corporation shall reimburse the Advisor for all direct and indirect costs and expenses incurred by the Advisor for office space rental, office equipment, utilities and other non-compensation related overhead allocable to performance of investment advisory services hereunder by the Advisor, including the costs and expenses of due diligence of potential investments, monitoring performance of the Corporation’s investments, serving as directors and officers of portfolio companies, providing managerial assistance to portfolio companies, enforcing the Corporation’s rights in respect of its investments and disposing of investments. All allocations made pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be made pursuant to allocation guidelines approved from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Corporation shall also be responsible for the payment of all the Corporation’s other expenses, including payment of the fees payable to the Advisor under Section 6 hereof; organizational and offering expenses; expenses incurred in valuing the Corporation’s assets and computing its net asset value per share (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm); expenses incurred by the Advisor or payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors and travel expense, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for the Corporation and in monitoring the Corporation’s investments and enforcing the Corporation’s rights in respect of such investments; performing due diligence on the Corporation’s prospective portfolio companies; interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance the Corporation’s investments; distributions on shares; offerings of the Corporation’s common stock and other securities; investment advisory and management fees payable under this Agreement; administration fees; transfer agent and custody fees and expenses; the allocated costs of providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that require it; fees payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making and disposing of investments; brokerage fees and commissions; the Corporation’s dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which the Corporation is a member; transfer agent

 

2


and custodial fees; federal and state registration fees; all costs of registration and listing the Corporation’s shares on any securities exchange; federal, state and local taxes; independent directors’ fees and expenses; costs of preparing and filing reports, registration statements, prospectuses or other documents required by the SEC, including printing and mailing costs; costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing costs; the expenses of holding shareholder meetings; the Corporation’s allocable portion of the fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs; litigation and indemnification and other extraordinary or non recurring expenses; and all other non-investment advisory expenses of the Corporation.

(d) The Advisor shall give the Corporation the benefit of its professional judgment and effort in rendering services hereunder, but neither the Advisor nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or controlling persons shall be liable for any act or omission or for any loss sustained by the Corporation in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, provided, that the foregoing exculpation shall not apply to a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement; provided further, however, that the foregoing shall not constitute a waiver of any rights which the Corporation may have which may not be waived under applicable law.

(e) The Advisor will place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Advisor will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Advisor will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Advisor may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Corporation and other clients of the Advisor. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Advisor hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor to the Corporation and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Corporation will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Corporation over the long term, subject to review by the Board of Directors of the Corporation from time to time with respect to the extent and continuation of such practice to determine whether the Corporation benefits, directly or indirectly, from such practice. In addition, the Advisor is authorized to take into account the sale of shares of the Corporation in allocating purchase and sale orders for portfolio securities to brokers or dealers (including brokers and dealers that are affiliated with the Advisor), provided that the Advisor believes that the quality of the transaction and the commission are comparable to what they would be with other qualified firms.

 

3


3. Services Not Exclusive . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Advisor or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment advisor for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Advisor or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided , however , that the Advisor will not undertake, and will cause its employees not to undertake, activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of the Advisor’s obligations under this Agreement.

4. Agency Cross Transactions . From time to time, the Advisor or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “ Account ”) securities which the Advisor’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Advisor or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from one or both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where the Advisor is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Advisor or an affiliate is receiving commissions from both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Advisor’s part regarding the advisory client. The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted a rule under the Advisers Act which permits the Advisor or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Corporation authorizes the Advisor or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account. The Corporation may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Advisor.

5. Expenses . During the term of this Agreement, the Advisor will bear all compensation expense (including health insurance, pension benefits, payroll taxes and other compensation related matters) of its employees and shall bear the costs of any salaries or Directors’ fees of any officers or Directors of the Corporation who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Advisor.

6. Compensation of the Advisor .

(a) The Advisor, for its services to the Corporation, will be entitled to receive a management fee (the “ Base Management Fee ”) from the Corporation determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The Base

 

4


Management Fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.50% of the Corporation’s gross assets and payable quarterly in arrears on a calendar quarter basis. For purposes of calculating the Base Management Fee, the term “ gross assets ” is determined without deduction for any liabilities. For the period from the date of commencement of the Corporation’s operations (the “ Commencement Date ”) through the end of the first quarter of the Corporation’s operations, the Base Management Fee will be calculated based on the initial value of the Corporation’s gross assets. Subsequently, the Base Management Fee will be calculated based on the value of the Corporation’s gross assets at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter prior to the quarter for which such fees are being calculated, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated. Base Management Fees for any partial quarter will be appropriately pro-rated.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the gross assets and net assets of the Corporation shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation for calculating the value of the Corporation’s assets.

(c) The Incentive Fee will consist of two parts, as follows:

(i) One part will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income for the calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated and shall be payable promptly following the filing of the Corporation’s financial statements for such quarter. “ Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income ” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that the Corporation receives from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Corporation’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the Base Management Fee, expenses payable under the Corporation’s administration agreement (the “ Administration Agreement ”), interest expense and any dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the Incentive Fee and any offering expenses and other expenses not charged to operations and excluding reversals of the Incentive Fee solely to the extent such reversals have the effect of reducing previously accrued Incentive Fees under the proviso to the following sentence). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income not yet received in cash; provided, however, that the portion of the Incentive Fee attributable to deferred interest features shall be paid, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment at the prime rate published from time to time by the Wall Street Journal or, in the absence thereof, a bank chosen by the board of directors, only if and to the extent received in cash, and any accrual thereof shall be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write off or similar treatment of

 

5


the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual, applied in each case in the order such interest was accrued. Such subsequent payments in respect of previously accrued income shall not reduce the amounts payable for any quarter pursuant to clause (ii) below. Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

(ii) Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Corporation’s net assets (defined as total assets less senior securities constituting indebtedness and preferred stock) at the end of the calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated, will be compared to a “hurdle rate” of 2.00% per quarter (8.0% annualized). The Corporation will pay the Advisor an Incentive Fee with respect to the Corporation’s Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income in each calendar quarter as follows:

 

  (1) no Incentive Fee for any calendar quarter in which the Corporation’s Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate;

 

  (2) 100% of the Corporation’s Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.50% (10.0% annualized); and

 

  (3) 20.0% of the amount of the Corporation’s Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income for any calendar quarter with respect to that portion of the Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income for such quarter, if any, that exceeds 2.5% (10.0% annualized);

provided that , no incentive fee in respect of Sections 6(c)(i) and 6(c)(ii) hereof will be payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated and the 11 preceding quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid pursuant to Section 6(c) hereof for such 11 preceding quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of Pre-Incentive Fee net investment income, Base Management Fees, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Corporation for the calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated and the 11 preceding calendar quarters.

 

6


(iii) The second part of the Incentive Fee (the “ Capital Gains Fee ”) will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of this Agreement as set forth below), commencing with the calendar year ending on December 31, 2010, and is calculated at the end of each applicable year by subtracting (1) the sum of the Corporation’s cumulative aggregate realized capital losses and aggregate unrealized capital depreciation from (2) the Corporation’s cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, in each case calculated from the Commencement Date. If the amount so calculated is positive, then the Capital Gains Fee for such year is equal to 20.0% of such amount, less the aggregate amount of Capital Gains Fees paid in all prior years; provided that the Incentive Fee determined as of December 31, 2010 will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for the period ending December 31, 2010. If such amount is negative, then no Capital Gains Fee will be payable for such year. If this Agreement is terminated as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date shall be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying a Capital Gains Fee.

7. Indemnification . (a) The Corporation shall indemnify the Advisor, and each of the Advisor’s directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and controlling persons and the directors, partners, members, officers, employees and agents thereof (including any individual who serves at the Advisor’s request as a director, officer, partner, member or the like of another entity) (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”) against any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding or investigation, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Indemnitee may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth herein or thereafter by reason of such Indemnitee’s having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Corporation and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, so long as such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (i) no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to the Corporation or its shareholders or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (A) willful misfeasance, (B) bad faith, (C) gross negligence or (D) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Indemnitee’s position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (A) through (D) being sometimes referred to herein as “ disabling conduct ”); (ii) as to any matter disposed of by settlement or a compromise payment by such Indemnitee, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such settlement or compromise is in the best interests of the Corporation and that such Indemnitee appears to have acted in good faith in the

 

7


reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Corporation and did not involve disabling conduct by such Indemnitee; and (iii) with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the full Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(b) The Corporation may make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Corporation receives a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Corporation unless it is subsequently determined that such Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if the Directors of the Corporation determine that the facts then known to them would not preclude indemnification. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the Indemnitee shall provide security for such undertaking; (ii) the Corporation shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any unlawful advance; or (iii) a majority of a quorum consisting of Directors of the Corporation who are neither “interested persons” of the Corporation (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“ Disinterested Non-Party Directors ”) or an independent legal counsel in a writing, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

(c) All determinations with respect to the standards for indemnification hereunder shall be made (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that such Indemnitee is not liable or is not liable by reason of disabling conduct; or (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (A) a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Directors of the Corporation or (B) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, if a majority vote of such quorum so directs, independent legal counsel in a writing. All determinations that advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and shall be made in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (ii) above.

The rights accruing to any Indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnitee may be lawfully entitled.

8. Duration and Termination . This Agreement shall become effective as of the date the Corporation commences investment operations and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Corporation as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Corporation for successive annual periods, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the

 

8


Corporation’s Board of Directors or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Directors who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Corporation at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Advisor not less than 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived in whole or in part by the Advisor), provided that such termination by the Corporation shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Directors of the Corporation in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Corporation at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Advisor on not less than 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived in whole or in part by the Corporation). This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act and the regulations thereunder.)

9. Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.

10. Amendment of this Agreement . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.

11. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act, and any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

12. Miscellaneous . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

 

9


13. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the foregoing instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and the year first above written.

 

THL CREDIT, INC.
By:  

/s/ Terrence W. Olson

Name:   Terrence W. Olson
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
THL CREDIT ADVISORS LLC
By:  

/s/ James K. Hunt

Name:   James K. Hunt
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

11

Exhibit (h)

THL CREDIT, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

[                      ] Shares of Common Stock

FORM OF PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Dated: April      , 2010


THL CREDIT, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

[                      ] Shares of Common Stock

(Par Value $0.001 Per Share)

FORM OF PURCHASE AGREEMENT

April      , 2010

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                    Incorporated

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

            c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                                     Incorporated

            One Bryant Park

            New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

THL Credit, Inc. (the “Company”) and THL Credit Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“THL Advisors” or the “Advisor”; and, together with the Company, the “THL Entities”), confirm their respective agreements with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”), Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Merrill Lynch, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) set forth in Schedule A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [                      ] additional shares of Common Stock to cover overallotments, if any. The aforesaid [                      ] shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [                      ] shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are hereinafter called, collectively, the “Securities.”

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form N-2 (No. 333-159636), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the IPO Securities (as defined below) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). The Company filed a Form N-6F “Notice


of Intent to Elect to be Subject to Sections 55 Through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940” (File No. 814-00789) (the “Notice of Intent”) pursuant to Section 6(f) of the Investment Company Act (as defined below), with the Commission on June 1, 2009, as amended on August 24, 2009, November 23, 2009 and February 22, 2010, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”). The Company filed a Form N-54A “Notification of Election to be Subject to Sections 55 Through 65 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 Filed Pursuant to Section 54(a) of the Investment Company Act” (File No. 814-              ) (the “Notification of Election”) under the Investment Company Act with the Commission on April [                                  ], 2010. Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 497 (“Rule 497”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A is referred to as “Rule 430A Information.” Each prospectus used before such registration statement became effective, and any prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information, that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein referred to as the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,” and after such filing the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities is herein called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”) or its Interactive Data Electronic Applications system (“IDEA”).

The Company has entered into (i) an investment management agreement, dated as of April 1, 2010 (the “Investment Management Agreement”), with THL Advisors, registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Advisers Act”), (ii) the Administration Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2009 (the “Administration Agreement”), with THL Advisors (THL Advisors, as the administrator, is hereinafter referred to as the “Administrator”); (iii) a Subscription Agreement, dated as of April [                      ], 2010 (the “BDC Holdings Subscription Agreement”), with THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“BDC Holdings”), with respect to the sale by the Company and the purchase by BDC Holdings of [                      ] shares of Common Stock (such shares, the “BDC Holdings Securities,” and, together with the Securities, the “IPO Securities”) and (iv) the Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated as of April [      ], 2010 (the “Initial Portfolio Assets Agreement”), with THL Credit Opportunities, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“THL Credit Opportunities”), and BDC Holdings, for the purchase by the Company of the investments described in the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus under “The Company—Portfolio Composition” (the “Initial Portfolio Assets”) from THL Credit Opportunities and for the sale of [              ] shares of Common Stock by the Company to BDC Holdings in a private placement (the “Private Placement”). The Initial Portfolio Assets Agreement, together with all bills of sale, assignment agreements and other agreements and documents necessary or advisable to convey the Initial Portfolio Assets to the Company, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Conveyance Documents.” The THL Entities have also entered into a License Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2009 (the “License Agreement”), with Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“THL Partners”), which owns the trade name and service mark THL , for the grant of a license by THL Partners to each of the THL Entities to use the THL mark in association with the commercial activities of the THL Entities. This Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the BDC Holdings Subscription Agreement, the Conveyance Documents and the License Agreement are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Company Agreements.”


SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties .

(a) Representations and Warranties relating to the Company . The THL Entities, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time referred to in Section 1(a)(i) hereof, as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

(i) Compliance with Registration Requirements . Each of the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the THL Entities, are contemplated by the Commission. The THL Entities have complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

At the respective times the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became effective and at the Closing Time (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any amendments thereto, as the case may be, complied and, as so amended, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Investment Company Act and did not and, as so amended, will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendments or supplements thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), at the time the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement was issued and, as so supplemented, at the Closing Time (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act.

As of the Applicable Time (as defined below), the preliminary prospectus dated April 13, 2010, as of the Applicable Time, and the information included on Schedule B hereto, considered together (collectively, the “General Disclosure Package”), did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

As used in this subsection and elsewhere in this Agreement:

“Applicable Time” means [ ]:00 [A/P].M. (New York City time) on [              ], 2010 or such other time as agreed by the Company and Merrill Lynch.


The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through Merrill Lynch expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the Prospectus in the first paragraph under “Underwriting–Commissions and Discounts,” the information in the second and third paragraphs under “Underwriting–Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” and the information under “Underwriting–Electronic Distribution” (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

Each preliminary prospectus (including the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto) complied when so filed in all material respects with the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Investment Company Act and each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR or IDEA, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the IPO Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

(ii) Independent Accountants . The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Accounting Oversight Board.

(iii) Financial Statements . The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly the financial position of the Company at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act, 1933 Act Regulations or the Investment Company Act.

(iv) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock or repurchase or redemption by the Company of any class of capital stock.


(v) Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Company Agreements; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(vi) No Subsidiaries . The Company has no subsidiaries.

(vii) Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus. The shares of issued and outstanding capital stock have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; none of the outstanding shares of capital stock was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

(viii) Authorization of Company Agreements; Enforceability . (A) The Company Agreements have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company. Each of the Company Agreements is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles and except as rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder and thereunder may be limited by general equitable principles or federal or state securities laws or public policy underlying such laws. (B) The BDC Holdings Subscription Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by BDC Holdings. The BDC Holdings Subscription Agreement is a valid and binding agreement of BDC Holdings, enforceable against BDC Holdings in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles and except as rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder and thereunder may be limited by general equitable principles or federal or state securities laws or public policy underlying such laws. (C) The Conveyance Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by THL Credit Opportunities and BDC Holdings, as applicable. Each of Conveyance Documents is a valid and binding agreement of THL Credit Opportunities and BDC Holdings, as applicable, enforceable against THL Credit Opportunities and BDC Holdings, as applicable, in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of auditors or by general equitable principals and except as rights to indemnity and contribution thereunder may be limited by general equitable principles or federal or state securities laws or public policies underlying such laws. (D) The License Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by THL Partners. The License Agreement is a valid and binding agreement of THL Partners, enforceable against THL Partners in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of auditors or by general equitable principals and except as rights to indemnity and contribution thereunder may be limited by general equitable principles or federal or state securities laws or public policies underlying such laws.


(ix) Authorization and Description of Securities . The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable. The BDC Holdings Securities to be purchased by BDC Holdings from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to BDC Holdings pursuant to the BDC Holdings Subscription Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to the BDC Holdings Subscription Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth therein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable. The Common Stock conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same; no holder of the IPO Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder; and the issuance of the IPO Securities is not subject to any preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The shares of Common Stock issued to BDC Holdings in connection with the Private Placement have been duly authorized, issued and delivered against payment of the consideration therefor, and are validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable. The issuance of such shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Private Placement is not subject to any preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The shares of Common Stock issued in connection with the Private Placement were issued, offered and sold in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws.

(x) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . The Company is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the THL Entities or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of the Company Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the IPO Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the IPO Securities as described therein under the caption “Use of Proceeds,” and the issuance and sale of shares of Common Stock to BDC Holdings in connection with the Private Placement) and compliance by the Company with its obligations under the Company Agreements do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity. As used herein, a “Repayment


Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company.

(xi) Absence of Labor Dispute . The Company has no employees. The THL Entities are not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of the Company’s principal suppliers, customers or contractors, which could result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xii) Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Government Entity now pending, or, to the knowledge of the THL Entities, threatened, against or affecting the Company, which might result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Company Agreements or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xiii) Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been so described and filed as required.

(xiv) Possession of Intellectual Property . The Company owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by them, and the Company has not received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xv) Required Actions . The Company, subject to the filing of the Prospectus under Rule 497, has taken all required actions under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Investment Company Act to make the public offering and consummate the sale of the IPO Securities as contemplated by this Agreement and the BDC Holdings Subscription Agreement, as applicable.

(xvi) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Government Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the IPO Securities hereunder and under the BDC Holdings Subscription Agreement, as applicable, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Company Agreements, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the Investment Company Act, the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).


(xvii) Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which would be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the IPO Securities.

(xviii) Offers to Sell . The Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, made, used, authorized, approved or referred to and, prior to the later to occur of (A) the Closing Time and (B) completion of the distribution of the IPO Securities, will not prepare, make, use, authorize, approve or refer to any written communication that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the IPO Securities other than (w) the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement to any of the forgoing; (x) the Conveyance Documents; (y) the BDC Holdings Subscription Agreement; and (z) any prospectus wrapper. All other promotional materials (including “road show slides” or “road show scripts”) prepared in connection with the marketing of the Securities (collectively, “Road Show Materials”) were used in accordance with Section 3. Each of the Road Show Materials and the prospectus wrapper is not inconsistent with the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and when taken together with any preliminary prospectus and the Rule 430A Information, at the Applicable Time, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(xix) Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company possesses such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by the Company, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; the Company is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xx) Title to Property . The Company has good and marketable title to all real property owned by the Company and good title to all other properties owned by it, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company, and under which the Company holds properties described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and the Company has no notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.


(xxi) Initial Portfolio Assets . The Company owns, and has good and marketable title to, the Initial Portfolio Assets, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims or encumbrances of any kind. All of the applicable investment documents and agreements which constitute the Initial Portfolio Assets (the “Investment Documents and Agreements”) are in full force and effect, and the Company has no notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the right of the Company under the Investment Documents and Agreements, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company under any of the Investment Documents and Agreements. Each portfolio company described in the Prospectus under “The Company—Portfolio Composition” is current with all of its obligations under the applicable Investment Documents and Agreements, and no event of default (or a default which with the giving of notice or the passage of time would become an event of default) has occurred or is continuing under such Investment Documents and Agreements.

(xxii) Environmental Laws . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) the Company is not in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) the Company has all permits, authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and is in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company and (D) there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

(xxiii) Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the 1933 Act.

(xxiv) Accounting Controls . The Company maintains effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the 1934 Act (as defined below)) and each of the THL Entities maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Such internal controls are effective and neither of the THL Entities is aware of any material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting or in the THL Entities’ internal accounting controls.


(xxv) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) that are then in effect and with which the Company is required to comply as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act not currently in effect, upon the effectiveness of such provisions, or which will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

(xxvi) Payment of Taxes . All United States federal income tax returns of the Company required by law to be filed have been filed and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid. The Company has filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by it pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company except those taxes currently being contested in good faith.

(xxvii) Insurance . The Company carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business and as may be required by applicable law, and all such insurance, including without limitation the Company’s fidelity bond as required by Rule 17g-1 of the Investment Company Act, is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

(xxviii) Statistical and Market-Related Data . Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate, and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such source.

(xxix) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the THL Entities, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company and, to the knowledge of the THL Entities, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.


(xxx) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the THL Entities, threatened.

(xxxi) OFAC . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the THL Entities, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the IPO Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any joint venture partners or other person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(xxxii) Payment and Receipt of Funds . Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the THL Entities, any director, officer, agent employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company has made any payment of funds of the Company or received or retained any funds in violation of any law, rule or regulation, which payment, receipt or retention of funds is of a character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus.

(xxxiii) Rule 38a-1 Compliance Policies . The Company has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 38a-1 under the Investment Company Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws by the Company, including policies and procedures that provide oversight of compliance of each investment.

(xxxiv) Registered Management Investment Company . The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the IPO Securities, will not be, a “registered management investment company” as such term is used under the Investment Company Act.

(xxxv) Notice of Intent . When the Notice of Intent, and each amendment thereto, was filed with the Commission, such Notice of Intent, and each amendment thereto, (A) contained all statements required to be stated therein in accordance with, and complied in all material respects with the requirements of, the Investment Company Act and (B) did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(xxxvi) Notification of Election . When the Notification of Election was filed with the Commission, it (A) contained all statements required to be stated therein in accordance with, and complied in all material respects with the requirements of, the Investment Company Act and (B) did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(xxxvii) Election as a Business Development Company . The Company has elected, by filing the Notification of Election, to be treated by the Commission under the Investment Company Act as a “business development company” (the “BDC Election”). The Company will not, as of the Closing Time for the Initial Securities and the Date of Delivery for any Option


Securities, have filed with the Commission any notice of withdrawal of the BDC Election pursuant to Section 54(c) of the Investment Company Act. The BDC Election is effective and no order of suspension or revocation of such election has been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission.

(xxxviii) Investment Management Agreement in Compliance with Laws . The terms of the Investment Management Agreement, including compensation terms, comply with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act, including without limitation Section 15 of the Investment Company Act and Section 205 of the Advisers Act, each as applicable to business development companies.

(xxxix) All Necessary Approvals of Investment Management Agreement . The approval by the board of directors and the sole initial shareholder of the Company of the Investment Management Agreement has been made in accordance with the requirements of Section 15 of the Investment Company Act applicable to companies that have elected to be “business development companies” under the Investment Company Act.

(xl) Compliance of Company Agreements with Investment Company Act . This Agreement and each of the Company Agreements complies in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act.

(xli) Price Per Share . In determining the initial public offering price per Security set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus as of the Applicable Time, the Company complied in all material respects with, and obtained any required approvals under, Section 23 and Section 63 of the Investment Company Act.

(xlii) Interested Persons . Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package and Registration Statement, (A) no person is serving or acting as an officer, director or investment adviser of the Company except in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act and (B) no director of the Company is an “interested person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Company or an “affiliated person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any of the Underwriters.

(xliii) Operations Comply with Investment Company Act . The operations of the Company are in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of the Investment Company Act applicable to “business development companies.” The provisions of the corporate charter, by-laws and other similar organizational documents of the Company and the investment objectives, policies and restrictions described in the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package and Registration Statement, assuming they are implemented as so described, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Investment Company Act.

(xliv) Conditions for Use of Form N-2 . The Company has satisfied the conditions for the use of Form N-2, as set forth in the general instructions thereto, with respect to the Registration Statement.

(xlv) RIC Compliance . The Company intends to operate its business so as to qualify as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Company also intends to direct the investment of the proceeds received by it from the sale of the IPO Securities in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code.


(xlvi) Lending Relationship . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material lending or other relationship with any bank or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the IPO Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

(xlvii) Absence of Business Relationships . There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus which have not been described as required.

(xlviii) Absence of Extensions of Credit . The Company has not, directly or indirectly, extended credit, arranged to extend credit or renewed any extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan, to or for any director or executive officer of the THL Entities, or to or for any family member or affiliate of any director or executive officer of the THL Entities.

(b) Representations and Warranties relating to the Advisor . The THL Entities, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time referred to in Section 1(a)(i), as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

(i) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of THL Advisors, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect”), and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by THL Advisors, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to THL Advisors.

(ii) Good Standing of THL Advisors . THL Advisors has been duly organized and is validly existing as a limited liability company in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Company Agreements; and THL Advisors is duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect.

(iii) Authorization of Company Agreements; Enforceability . The Company Agreements to which THL Advisors is a party have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by THL Advisors and are valid and binding agreements of THL Advisors, enforceable against THL Advisors in accordance with their respective terms except as the enforcement hereof or thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles and except as rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder and thereunder may be limited by general equitable principles or federal or state securities laws or public policy underlying such laws.


(iv) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . THL Advisors is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which THL Advisors is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of THL Advisors is subject (collectively, “THL Advisors Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of the Company Agreements to which THL Advisors is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein and herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and compliance by THL Advisors with its obligations hereunder and thereunder do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or THL Advisors Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of THL Advisors pursuant to, the THL Advisors Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or THL Advisors Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational documents of THL Advisors or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity. As used herein, a “THL Advisors Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by THL Advisors.

(v) Absence of Employment Disputes; Departures of Key Employees . No employment dispute with the employees of THL Advisors exists or, to the knowledge of each THL Entity, is imminent, and the THL Entities are not aware of any existing or imminent departure of any key employee of THL Advisors.

(vi) Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Government Entity now pending, or, to the knowledge of the THL Entities, threatened, against or affecting THL Advisors, which might result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect, or which might materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Company or THL Advisors or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Company Agreements to which THL Advisors is a party or the performance by THL Advisors of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which THL Advisors is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect.

(vii) Possession of Intellectual Property . THL Advisors owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, Intellectual Property necessary to carry on the business now operated by it, and THL Advisors has not received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property


or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of THL Advisors therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect or THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect.

(viii) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by THL Advisors of its obligations under the Company Agreements to which it is a party, in connection with the offering or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such Company Agreements, except such as have been already obtained.

(ix) Absence of Manipulation . Neither THL Advisors nor any affiliate of THL Advisors has taken, nor will THL Advisors or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which would be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the IPO Securities.

(x) Registration . THL Advisors is duly registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act from acting under the Investment Management Agreement for the Company as contemplated by the Prospectus and Registration Statement. There does not exist any proceeding or, to the knowledge of the THL Entities, any facts or circumstances the existence of which could lead to any proceeding which might adversely affect the registration of THL Advisors with the Commission.

(xi) Financial Resources . THL Advisors has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Prospectus and the General Disclosure Package and under the Company Agreements to which THL Advisors is a party.

(xii) Possession of Licenses and Permits . THL Advisors possesses such Governmental Licenses issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by THL Advisors, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect; THL Advisors is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect; and THL Advisors has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect.

(xiii) Insurance . THL Advisors carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The THL Entities have no reason to believe that THL


Advisors will not be able to (A) renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect or a THL Advisors Material Adverse Effect. THL Advisors has not been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

(xiv) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither THL Advisors nor, to the knowledge of the THL Entities, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of THL Advisors, is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and THL Advisors and, to the knowledge of the THL Entities, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(xv) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of THL Advisors are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving THL Advisors with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the THL Entities, threatened.

(xvi) OFAC . Neither THL Advisors nor, to the knowledge of the THL Entities, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of THL Advisors is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and THL Advisors will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the IPO Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

(xvii) Investment Management Agreement in Compliance with Laws . The terms of the Investment Management Agreement, including compensation terms, comply with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act, including without limitation Section 15 of the Investment Company Act and Section 205 of the Advisers Act, each as applicable to business development companies.

(xviii) Compliance Policies . THL Advisors has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 206(4)-7 under the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act by THL Advisors.

(xix) Description of THL Advisors . The description of THL Advisors in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including in its roles as Advisor and Administrator, is accurate in all material respects.

(c) Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of any THL Entity and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such THL Entity to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.


SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

(a) Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(b) Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [                    ] shares of Common Stock, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted will expire 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time only for the purpose of covering overallotments made in connection with the offering and distribution of the Initial Securities upon notice by Merrill Lynch to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by Merrill Lynch, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as Merrill Lynch in its sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(c) Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Sidley Austin LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at 9:30 A.M. (New York City time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called the “Closing Time”).

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company.

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. Merrill Lynch, individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option


Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

(d) Denominations; Registration . Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be. The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in The City of New York not later than 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the business day prior to the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . The Company, subject to Section 3(b) hereof, will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the IPO Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the IPO Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 497, in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 497, and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 497(c) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(b) Filing of Amendments and 1934 Act Documents . The Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective or to the Prospectus, and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object. The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “1934 Act”) within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object.

(c) Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, copies of the Registration Statement as


originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR or IDEA, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(d) Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the IPO Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR or IDEA, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the IPO Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b) hereof, such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(f) Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the IPO Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for so long as required to complete the distribution of the IPO Securities; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(g) Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

(h) Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the IPO Securities in the manner specified in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”


(i) Listing . The Company will use its best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the IPO Securities) on the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

(j) Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, lend, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any share of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for or repayable with Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to the IPO Securities to be sold hereunder or pursuant to the BDC Holdings Subscription Agreement, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day restricted period, the restrictions imposed in this clause (j) shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

(k) Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when a prospectus relating to the IPO Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(l) Compliance with FINRA Rules . The Company hereby agrees that it will ensure that the BDC Holdings Securities will be restricted as required by FINRA or the FINRA rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of this Agreement. The Underwriters will notify the Company as to which persons will need to be so restricted. At the request of the Underwriters, the Company will direct the transfer agent to place a stop transfer restriction upon such securities for such period of time. Should the Company release, or seek to release, from such restrictions any of the BDC Holdings Securities, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters for any reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, legal expenses) they incur in connection with such release.

(m) Maintain Status as a Business Development Company. The Company, during a period of two (2) years from the effective date of the BDC Election, will use its best efforts to maintain its status as a “business development company” under the Investment Company Act; provided, however , the Company may change the nature of its business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw its election as, a business development company with the approval of the board of directors and a vote of stockholders as required by Section 58 of the Investment Company Act or any successor provision.

(n) Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. The Company will use its best efforts to qualify for and elect to be treated as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code on [            ] , 2010, and to maintain such qualification and election in effect for each full fiscal year during which it is a business development company under the Investment Company Act; provided however , that at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors, it may elect not to be so treated.


(o) Copies of Notice of Intent and Notification of Election. The Company agrees to furnish the Underwriters with copies of the Notice of Intent and Notification of Election and all amendments thereto (including exhibits).

SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses .

(a) Expenses . The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the IPO Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the IPO Securities, (vii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the IPO Securities, (viii) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the IPO Securities on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, (ix) all costs and expenses of the Underwriters, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, in connection with matters related to the BDC Holdings Securities, (x) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the third paragraph of Section 1(a)(i) hereof and (xi) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, Road Show Materials, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and of the Representatives and any such consultants; provided, however , that the Representatives will pay, or cause to be paid, fifty percent (50%) of the rental cost of any aircraft and other transportation chartered by the Representatives in connection with the road show.

(b) Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a) or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the THL Entities contained in Section 1 hereof or in certificates of any officer of the THL Entities delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; BDC Election; Rule 430A Information . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at the Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the


use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 497(h) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A. The BDC Election is effective and at the Closing Time no order suspending the effectiveness of the BDC Election shall have been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission.

(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(c) Opinion of Counsel for THL Advisors . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for THL Advisors, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

(d) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Time, of Sidley Austin LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York and the federal law of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers of the THL Entities and certificates of public officials.

(e) Officers’ Certificate relating to the Company . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or a President, and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer, of each THL Entity, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

(f) Officers’ Certificate relating to THL Advisors . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of THL Advisors, whether or not arising in the


ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or a President, and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer, of each THL Entity, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties in Section 1(b) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, and (iii) THL Advisors has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time.

(g) Accountant’s Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(h) Bring-down Comfort Letter . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to Section 5(g) of this Section 5, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

(i) Approval of Listing . At the Closing Time, the IPO Securities shall have been approved for inclusion in the Nasdaq Global Select Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(j) No Objection . FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the IPO Securities.

(k) Lock-up Agreements . At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto signed by the parties listed on Schedule C hereto.

(l) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the THL Entities contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the THL Entities hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

(i) Officers’ Certificate relating to the Company. A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or a President, and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer, of each of the THL Entities confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

(ii) Officers’ Certificate relating to THL Advisors. A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or a President, and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer, of each THL Entity confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

(iii) Opinion of Counsel for Company . The favorable opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to


counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.

(iv) Opinion of Counsel for THL Advisors . The favorable opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for THL Advisors, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

(v) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . The favorable opinion of Sidley Austin LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof.

(vi) Bring-down Comfort Letter . A letter from Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three days prior to such Date of Delivery.

(m) Additional Documents . At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the IPO Securities as contemplated herein and in the BDC Holdings Subscription Agreement, as applicable, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the IPO Securities as contemplated herein and in the BDC Holdings Subscription Agreement, as applicable, shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

(n) Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section 5 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to the Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 11 and 14 through 20 hereof shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters . The THL Entities, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its directors, officers, and employees, its affiliates, as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”), its selling agents, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of (x) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A


Information or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any prospectus wrapper (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (y) any Road Show Materials or the Company’s road show presentation;

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company or THL Advisors, as applicable;

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Merrill Lynch), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers and THL Advisors . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, and THL Advisors against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section 6, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(c) Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by Merrill Lynch, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from


their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) hereof effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement, unless it shall have been finally judicially determined that such indemnified party is not entitled to indemnification therefor or unless such failure to reimburse the indemnified party is based on a dispute with a good faith basis as to either the obligation of the indemnifying party arising under this Section 6 to indemnify the indemnified party or the amount of such obligation and the indemnifying party shall have notified the indemnified party of such good faith dispute prior to the date of such settlement.

SECTION 7. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the THL Entities on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the THL Entities on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative benefits received by the THL Entities on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

The relative fault of the THL Entities on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the THL Entities or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.


The THL Entities and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any Governmental Entity, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 7, (i) each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and (ii) each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company, within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or THL Advisors submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors, any person controlling the Company or any person controlling THL Advisors and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement .

(a) Termination; General . The Representatives, in their absolute discretion, may terminate this Agreement without liability to the THL Entities, by notice to the THL Entities, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or General Disclosure Package, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce any contracts for the sale of the IPO Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company


has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or if trading generally on the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Stock Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other Governmental Entity, or (iv) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States, or (v) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

(b) Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 9, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 11 and 14 through 20 hereof shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

(i) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

(ii) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

No action taken pursuant to this Section 10 shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

SECTION 11. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to (A) Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated at One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036 Attention: Syndicate Department (facsimile: (646) 855-3073), with a copy to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated at One


Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036, Attention: ECM Legal (facsimile: (212) 230-8730); (B) Citigroup Global Markets Inc. at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013 Attention: General Counsel (facsimile: (212) 816-7912); and (C) Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. at 60 Wall Street, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention: ECM Syndicate Desk (facsimile: (212) 797-9344), with a copy to the General Counsel (facsimile: (212) 797-4564); notices to the Company shall be directed to it at THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110, attention of Terry Olson (facsimile: (877) 494-9096); and notices to THL Advisors shall be directed to it at THL Credit Advisors LLC, 100 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110, attention of Sam W. Tillinghast (facsimile: (713) 865-5801).

SECTION 12. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . Each of the THL Entities acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and THL Advisors, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the IPO Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the THL Entities, or their respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the THL Entities with respect to the offering of the IPO Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the THL Entities on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the THL Entities with respect to the offering of the IPO Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of each of the THL Entities, and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the IPO Securities and each of the THL Entities has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

SECTION 13. Research Analyst Independence . The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters’ research analysts and research departments are required to be independent from their respective investment banking divisions and are subject to certain regulations and internal policies, and that such Underwriters’ research analysts may hold views and make statements or investment recommendations and/or publish research reports with respect to the Company and/or offering that differ from the views of their respective investment banking divisions. Each THL Entity hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that such THL Entity may have against the Underwriters with respect to any conflict of interest that may arise from the fact that the views expressed by their independent research analysts and research departments may be different from or inconsistent with the views or advice communicated to the Company or THL Advisors by such Underwriters’ investment banking divisions. Each THL Entity acknowledges that each of the Underwriters is a full service securities firm and as such from time to time, subject to applicable securities laws, may effect transactions for its own account or the account of its customers and hold long or short positions in debt or equity securities of the companies that may be subject of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

SECTION 14. Parties . This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the THL Entities and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the THL Entities and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 hereof and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the THL Entities and their respective successors, and said controlling persons


and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

SECTION 15. Trial by Jury . Each of the THL Entities (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

SECTION 17. TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

SECTION 18. Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

SECTION 19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

SECTION 20. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the THL Entities in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
THL CREDIT, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
THL CREDIT ADVISORS LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,

            as of the date first above written:

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                    Incorporated

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

 

By: MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH                             INCORPORATED
    By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  
By: CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
    By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  
By: DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
    By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  
    By:  

 

    Name:  
    Title:  

Exhibit (j)

F ORM OF C USTODIAN A GREEMENT

This Agreement, dated as of April     , 2010, is between THL C REDIT , I NC ., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Fund ”), and S TATE S TREET B ANK and T RUST C OMPANY , a Massachusetts trust company (the “ Custodian ”).

W ITNESSETH : that in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

S ECTION  1. E MPLOYMENT OF C USTODIAN AND P ROPERTY TO BE H ELD BY I T .

The Fund hereby employs the Custodian as the custodian of its assets, including securities which the Fund desires to be held in places within the United States (“ domestic securities ”) and securities it desires to be held outside the United States (“ foreign securities ”). The Fund agrees to deliver to the Custodian all securities and cash owned by it, and all payments of income, payments of principal or capital distributions received by it with respect to all securities owned by it from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it for such new or treasury shares of common stock of the Fund (“ Shares ”) as may be issued or sold from time to time. The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of the Fund held or received by the Fund and not delivered to the Custodian.

Upon receipt of “ Proper Instructions ” (as such term is defined in Section 7 hereof), the Custodian shall from time to time employ one or more sub-custodians located in the United States, but only in accordance with an applicable vote by the Board of Directors of the Fund (the “ Board ”). The Custodian may employ as sub-custodian for the Fund’s foreign securities the foreign banking institutions and foreign securities depositories designated in Schedules A and B hereto, but only in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 3 and 4. The Custodian shall have no more or less responsibility or liability to the Fund on account of any actions or omissions of any sub-custodian so employed than any such sub-custodian has to the Custodian.

S ECTION  2. D UTIES OF THE C USTODIAN WITH R ESPECT TO P ROPERTY OF THE F UND H ELD BY THE C USTODIAN IN THE U NITED S TATES .

S ECTION  2.1 H OLDING S ECURITIES . The Custodian shall hold and physically segregate for the account of the Fund all non-cash property, to be held by it in the United States, including all domestic securities owned by the Fund other than securities which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.8 in a clearing agency which acts as a securities depository or in a book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (each, a “ U.S. Securities System ”).

S ECTION  2.2 D ELIVERY OF S ECURITIES . The Custodian shall release and deliver domestic securities owned by the Fund held by the Custodian or in a U.S. Securities System account of the Custodian only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

 

  1) Upon sale of such securities for the account of the Fund and receipt of payment therefor;

 

  2) Upon the receipt of payment in connection with any repurchase agreement related to such securities entered into by the Fund;

 

  3) In the case of a sale effected through a U.S. Securities System, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.8 hereof;

 

  4) To the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for securities held by the Fund;

 

-1-


  5) To the issuer thereof or its agent when such securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable; provided that, in any such case, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

  6) To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Fund or into the name of any nominee or nominees of the Custodian or into the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or into the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1; or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units; provided that, in any such case, the new securities are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

  7) Upon the sale of such securities for the account of the Fund, to the broker or its clearing agent, against a receipt, for examination in accordance with “street delivery” custom; provided that in any such case, the Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct;

 

  8) For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

  9) In the case of warrants, rights or similar securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

  10) For delivery in connection with any loans of securities made by the Fund, but only against receipt of adequate collateral as agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and the Fund, which may be in the form of cash or obligations issued by the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities, except that in connection with any loans for which collateral is to be credited to the Custodian’s account in the book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Custodian will not be held liable or responsible for the delivery of securities owned by the Fund prior to the receipt of such collateral;

 

  11) For delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund, but only against receipt of amounts borrowed;

 

  12) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”) and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”, formerly known as The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange, or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;

 

  13) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian, and a futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“ CFTC ”) and/or any contract market, or any similar organization or organizations, regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund;

 

  14) For delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund;

 

  15) For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the securities of the Fund to be delivered and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

 

-2-


S ECTION  2.3 R EGISTRATION OF S ECURITIES . Domestic securities held by the Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of any nominee of the Fund or of any nominee of the Custodian which nominee shall be assigned exclusively to the Fund, unless the Fund has authorized in writing the appointment of a nominee to be used in common with other registered investment companies having the same investment advisor as the Fund, or in the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or in the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1. All securities accepted by the Custodian on behalf of the Fund under the terms of this Agreement shall be in “street name” or other good delivery form. If, however, the Fund directs the Custodian to maintain securities in “street name”, the Custodian shall utilize its best efforts only to timely collect income due the Fund on such securities and to notify the Fund on a best efforts basis only of relevant corporate actions including, without limitation, pendency of calls, maturities, tender or exchange offers.

S ECTION  2.4 B ANK A CCOUNTS . The Custodian shall open and maintain a separate bank account or accounts in the United States in the name of the Fund, subject only to draft or order by the Custodian acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall hold in such account or accounts, subject to the provisions hereof, all cash received by it from or for the account of the Fund, other than cash maintained by the Fund in a bank account established and used in accordance with Rule 17f-3 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended from time to time (the “ 1940 Act ”). Monies held by the Custodian for the Fund may be deposited by it to its credit as Custodian in the banking department of the Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies as it may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable; provided , however, that every such bank or trust company shall be qualified to act as a custodian under the 1940 Act and that each such bank or trust company and the monies to be deposited with each such bank or trust company shall be approved by vote of a majority of the Board. Such monies shall be deposited by the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian and shall be withdrawable by the Custodian only in that capacity.

S ECTION  2.5 C OLLECTION OF I NCOME . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to registered domestic securities held hereunder to which the Fund shall be entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the securities business, and shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to bearer domestic securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are held by the Custodian or its agent thereof and shall credit such income, as collected, to the Fund’s custodian account. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian shall detach and present for payment all coupons and other income items requiring presentation as and when they become due and shall collect interest when due on securities held hereunder. Income due the Fund on securities loaned pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 (10) shall be the responsibility of the Fund. The Custodian will have no duty or responsibility in connection therewith, other than to provide the Fund with such information or data as may be necessary to assist the Fund in arranging for the timely delivery to the Custodian of the income to which the Fund is properly entitled.

S ECTION  2.6 P AYMENT OF F UND M ONIES . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out monies of the Fund in the following cases only:

 

  1)

Upon the purchase of domestic securities, options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts for the account of the Fund but only (a) against the delivery of such securities or evidence of title to such options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts to the Custodian (or any bank, banking firm or trust company doing business in the United States or abroad which is qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian and has been designated by the Custodian as its agent for this purpose) registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of a nominee of the Custodian referred to in Section 2.3 hereof or in proper form for transfer; (b) in the case of a purchase effected through a U.S. Securities System, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.8 hereof; (c) repurchase agreements entered into between the Fund and the Custodian, or another bank, or a broker-dealer which is a member of FINRA, (i) against delivery of the securities either in certificate form or through an entry crediting the Custodian’s account at the Federal Reserve Bank with such securities or (ii) against delivery of the

 

-3-


  receipt evidencing purchase by the Fund of securities owned by the Custodian along with written evidence of the agreement by the Custodian to repurchase such securities from the Fund; or (d) for transfer to a time deposit account of the Fund in any bank, whether domestic or foreign; such transfer may be effected prior to receipt of a confirmation from a broker and/or the applicable bank pursuant to Proper Instructions from the Fund as defined herein;

 

  2) In connection with conversion, exchange or surrender of securities owned by the Fund as set forth in Section 2.2 hereof;

 

  3) [Reserved];

 

  4) For the payment of any expense or liability incurred by the Fund, including but not limited to the following payments for the account of the Fund: interest, taxes, management, administration, accounting, transfer agent and legal fees, and operating expenses of the Fund whether or not such expenses are to be in whole or part capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

 

  5) For the payment of any dividends on Shares declared pursuant to the governing documents of the Fund;

 

  6) For payment of the amount of dividends received in respect of securities sold short;

 

  7) For delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund;

 

  8) For the fulfillment of the Fund’s obligations with respect to unfunded commitments incurred in connection with Loans (as such term is defined below); and

 

  9) For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

S ECTION  2.7 A PPOINTMENT OF A GENTS . The Custodian may at any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any time remove) any other bank or trust company which is itself qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian, as its agent to carry out such of the provisions of this Section 2 as the Custodian may from time to time direct; provided , however, that the appointment of any agent shall not relieve the Custodian of its responsibilities or liabilities hereunder.

S ECTION  2.8 D EPOSIT OF F UND A SSETS IN U.S. S ECURITIES S YSTEMS . The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by the Fund in a U.S. Securities System in compliance with the conditions of Rule 17f-4 of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.

S ECTION  2.9 S EGREGATED A CCOUNT . The Custodian shall upon receipt of Proper Instructions establish and maintain a segregated account or accounts for and on behalf of the Fund, into which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or securities, including securities maintained in an account by the Custodian pursuant to Section 2.8 hereof, (i) in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act and a member of FINRA (or any futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or the CFTC or any registered contract market), or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund, (ii) for purposes of segregating cash or government securities in connection with options purchased, sold or written by the Fund or commodity futures contracts or options thereon purchased or sold by the Fund, (iii) for the purposes of compliance by the Fund with the procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent release of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), or interpretative opinion of the staff of the SEC, relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by registered investment companies, and (iv) for any other purpose upon receipt of Proper Instructions.

S ECTION  2.10 O WNERSHIP C ERTIFICATES FOR T AX P URPOSES . The Custodian shall execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt of income or other payments with respect to domestic securities of the Fund held by it and in connection with transfers of securities.

 

-4-


S ECTION  2.11 P ROXIES . The Custodian shall, with respect to the domestic securities held hereunder, cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such securities, if the securities are registered otherwise than in the name of the Fund or a nominee of the Fund, all proxies, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and shall promptly deliver to the Fund such proxies, all proxy soliciting materials and all notices relating to such securities.

S ECTION  2.12 C OMMUNICATIONS R ELATING TO F UND S ECURITIES . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund all written information (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of domestic securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of exercise of call and put options written by the Fund and the maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Fund) received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities being held for the Fund. With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities whose tender or exchange is sought and from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with domestic securities or other property of the Fund at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian is in actual possession of such domestic securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian regarding any class action or other litigation in connection with securities or other assets issued in the United States and then held, or previously held, during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian for the account of the Fund, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. For avoidance of doubt, upon and after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to so transmit any information under this Section 2.12.

S ECTION 3. P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO R ULES 17 F -5 AND 17 F -7 .

S ECTION  3.1. D EFINITIONS . As used throughout this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the indicated meanings:

Country Risk ” means all factors reasonably related to the systemic risk of holding Foreign Assets in a particular country including, but not limited to, such country’s political environment, economic and financial infrastructure (including any Eligible Securities Depository operating in the country), prevailing or developing custody and settlement practices, and laws and regulations applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Foreign Assets held in custody in that country.

Eligible Foreign Custodian ” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(1) of Rule 17f-5, including a majority-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of a U.S. Bank (as defined in Rule 17f-5), a bank holding company meeting the requirements of an Eligible Foreign Custodian (as set forth in Rule 17f-5 or by other appropriate action of the SEC, or a foreign branch of a Bank (as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the 1940 Act) meeting the requirements of a custodian under Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act; the term does not include any Eligible Securities Depository.

Eligible Securities Depository ” has the meaning set forth in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7.

Foreign Assets ” means any of the Fund’s investments (including foreign currencies) for which the primary market is outside the United States and such cash and cash equivalents as are reasonably necessary to effect the Fund’s transactions in such investments.

Foreign Custody Manager ” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(3) of Rule 17f-5.

Rule 17f-5 ” means Rule 17f-5 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

Rule 17f-7 ” means Rule 17f-7 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

 

-5-


S ECTION  3.2. T HE C USTODIAN AS F OREIGN C USTODY M ANAGER .

3.2.1 D ELEGATION TO THE C USTODIAN AS F OREIGN C USTODY M ANAGER . The Fund, by resolution adopted by its Board, hereby delegates to the Custodian, subject to Section (b) of Rule 17f-5, the responsibilities set forth in this Section 3.2 with respect to Foreign Assets held outside the United States, and the Custodian hereby accepts such delegation as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.

3.2.2 C OUNTRIES C OVERED . The Foreign Custody Manager shall be responsible for performing the delegated responsibilities defined below only with respect to the countries and custody arrangements for each such country listed on Schedule A to this Agreement, which list of countries may be amended from time to time by the Fund with the agreement of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager shall list on Schedule A the Eligible Foreign Custodians selected by the Foreign Custody Manager to maintain the Fund’s assets, which list of Eligible Foreign Custodians may be amended from time to time in the sole discretion of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager will provide amended versions of Schedule A in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereof.

Upon the receipt by the Foreign Custody Manager of Proper Instructions to open an account or to place or maintain Foreign Assets in a country listed on Schedule A, and the fulfillment by the Fund of the applicable account opening requirements for such country, the Foreign Custody Manager shall be deemed to have been delegated by the Board responsibility as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to that country and to have accepted such delegation. Execution of this Agreement by the Fund shall be deemed to be a Proper Instruction to open an account, or to place or maintain Foreign Assets, in each country listed on Schedule A in which the Custodian has previously placed or currently maintains Foreign Assets pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Following the receipt of Proper Instructions directing the Foreign Custody Manager to close the account of the Fund with the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in a designated country, the delegation by the Board to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager for that country shall be deemed to have been withdrawn and the Custodian shall immediately cease to be the Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund with respect to that country.

The Foreign Custody Manager may withdraw its acceptance of delegated responsibilities with respect to a designated country upon written notice to the Fund. Thirty days (or such longer period to which the parties agree in writing) after receipt of any such notice by the Fund, the Custodian shall have no further responsibility in its capacity as Foreign Custody Manager to the Fund with respect to the country as to which the Custodian’s acceptance of delegation is withdrawn.

3.2.3 S COPE OF D ELEGATED R ESPONSIBILITIES :

(a) S ELECTION OF E LIGIBLE F OREIGN C USTODIANS . Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.2, the Foreign Custody Manager may place and maintain the Foreign Assets in the care of the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in each country listed on Schedule A, as amended from time to time. In performing its delegated responsibilities as Foreign Custody Manager to place or maintain Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian, the Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the country in which the Foreign Assets will be held by that Eligible Foreign Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(1).

(b) C ONTRACTS W ITH E LIGIBLE F OREIGN C USTODIANS . The Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the contract governing the foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager will satisfy the requirements of Rule 17f-5(c)(2).

(c) M ONITORING . In each case in which the Foreign Custody Manager maintains Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager, the Foreign Custody Manager shall establish a system to monitor (i) the appropriateness of maintaining the Foreign Assets with such Eligible Foreign Custodian and (ii) the contract governing the custody arrangements established by the

 

-6-


Foreign Custody Manager with the Eligible Foreign Custodian. In the event the Foreign Custody Manager determines that the custody arrangements with an Eligible Foreign Custodian it has selected are no longer appropriate, the Foreign Custody Manager shall notify the Board in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereunder.

3.2.4 G UIDELINES FOR THE E XERCISE OF D ELEGATED A UTHORITY . For purposes of this Section 3.2, the Board shall be deemed to have considered and determined to accept such Country Risk as is incurred by placing and maintaining the Foreign Assets in each country for which the Custodian is serving as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.

3.2.5 R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS . The Foreign Custody Manager shall report the withdrawal of the Foreign Assets from an Eligible Foreign Custodian and the placement of such Foreign Assets with another Eligible Foreign Custodian by providing to the Board an amended Schedule A at the end of the calendar quarter in which an amendment to such Schedule has occurred. The Foreign Custody Manager

shall make written reports notifying the Board of any other material change in the foreign custody arrangements of the Fund described in this Section 3.2 after the occurrence of the material change.

3.2.6 S TANDARD OF C ARE AS F OREIGN C USTODY M ANAGER OF THE F UND . In performing the responsibilities delegated to it, the Foreign Custody Manager agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of assets of management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act would exercise.

3.2.7 R EPRESENTATIONS WITH R ESPECT TO R ULE 17 F -5 . The Foreign Custody Manager represents to the Fund that it is a U.S. Bank as defined in section (a)(7) of Rule 17f-5. The Fund represents to the Custodian that the Board has determined that it is reasonable for the Board to rely on the Custodian to perform the responsibilities delegated pursuant to this Agreement to the Custodian as the Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.

3.2.8 E FFECTIVE D ATE AND T ERMINATION OF THE C USTODIAN AS F OREIGN C USTODY M ANAGER . The Board’s delegation to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall remain in effect until terminated at any time, without penalty, by written notice from the terminating party to the non-terminating party. Termination will become effective thirty (30) days after receipt by the non-terminating party of such notice. The provisions of Section 3.2.2 hereof shall govern the delegation to and termination of the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund with respect to designated countries.

S ECTION  3.3 E LIGIBLE S ECURITIES D EPOSITORIES .

3.3.1 A NALYSIS AND M ONITORING . The Custodian shall (a) provide the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment advisor) with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depositories set forth on Schedule B hereto in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(A) of Rule 17f-7, and (b) monitor such risks on a continuing basis, and promptly notify the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment advisor) of any material change in such risks, in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(B) of Rule 17f-7.

3.3.2 S TANDARD OF C ARE . The Custodian agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the duties set forth in Section 3.3.1.

S ECTION  4. D UTIES OF THE C USTODIAN WITH R ESPECT TO P ROPERTY OF THE F UND H ELD O UTSIDE THE U NITED S TATES .

S ECTION  4.1 D EFINITIONS . As used throughout this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the indicated meanings:

Foreign Securities System ” means an Eligible Securities Depository listed on Schedule B hereto.

 

-7-


Foreign Sub-Custodian ” means a foreign banking institution serving as an Eligible Foreign Custodian.

S ECTION  4.2. H OLDING S ECURITIES . The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Fund the foreign securities held by each Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System. The Custodian may hold foreign securities for all of its customers, including the Fund, with any Foreign Sub-Custodian in an account that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers, provided however, that (i) the records of the Custodian with respect to foreign securities of the Fund which are maintained in such account shall identify those securities as belonging to the Fund and (ii), to the extent permitted and customary in the market in which the account is maintained, the Custodian shall require that securities so held by the Foreign Sub-Custodian be held separately from any assets of such Foreign Sub-Custodian or of other customers of such Foreign Sub-Custodian.

S ECTION  4.3. F OREIGN S ECURITIES S YSTEMS . Foreign securities shall be maintained in a Foreign Securities System in a designated country through arrangements implemented by the Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian, as applicable, in such country.

S ECTION  4.4. T RANSACTIONS IN F OREIGN C USTODY A CCOUNT .

4.4.1. D ELIVERY OF F OREIGN A SSETS . The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall release and deliver foreign securities of the Fund held by the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian, or in a Foreign Securities System account, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

 

  (i) upon the sale of such foreign securities for the Fund in accordance with commercially reasonable market practice in the country where such foreign securities are held or traded, including, without limitation: (A) delivery against expectation of receiving later payment; or (B) in the case of a sale effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of the Foreign Securities System;

 

  (ii) in connection with any repurchase agreement related to foreign securities;

 

  (iii) to the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for foreign securities of the Fund;

 

  (iv) to the issuer thereof or its agent when such foreign securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable;

 

  (v) to the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Custodian (or the name of the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or of any nominee of the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian) or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units;

 

  (vi) to brokers, clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination or trade execution in accordance with market custom; provided that in any such case the Foreign Sub-Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct;

 

  (vii) for exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement;

 

  (viii) in the case of warrants, rights or similar foreign securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities;

 

-8-


  (ix) for delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund;

 

  (x) for delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund;

 

  (xi) in connection with the lending of foreign securities; and

 

  (xii) for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the foreign securities to be delivered and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

4.4.2. P AYMENT OF F UND M ONIES . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out, or direct the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or the respective Foreign Securities System to pay out, monies of the Fund in the following cases only:

 

  (i) upon the purchase of foreign securities for the Fund, unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, by (A) delivering money to the seller thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such seller or dealer) against expectation of receiving later delivery of such foreign securities; or (B) in the case of a purchase effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of such Foreign Securities System;

 

  (ii) in connection with the conversion, exchange or surrender of foreign securities of the Fund;

 

  (iii) for the payment of any expense or liability of the Fund, including but not limited to the following payments: interest, taxes, investment advisory fees, transfer agency fees, fees under this Agreement, legal fees, accounting fees, and other operating expenses;

 

  (iv) for the purchase or sale of foreign exchange or foreign exchange contracts for the Fund, including transactions executed with or through the Custodian or its Foreign Sub-Custodians;

 

  (v) for delivery as initial or variation margin in connection with futures or options on futures contracts entered into by the Fund;

 

  (vi) for payment of part or all of the dividends received in respect of securities sold short;

 

  (vii) in connection with the borrowing or lending of foreign securities; and

 

  (viii) for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

4.4.3. M ARKET C ONDITIONS . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, settlement and payment for Foreign Assets received for the account of the Fund and delivery of Foreign Assets maintained for the account of the Fund may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or processing practices and procedures in the country or market in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivering Foreign Assets to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Foreign Assets from such purchaser or dealer.

The Custodian shall provide to the Board the information with respect to custody and settlement practices in countries in which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian described on Schedule C hereto at the time or times set forth on such Schedule. The Custodian may revise Schedule C from time to time, provided that no such revision shall result in the Board being provided with substantively less information than had been previously provided hereunder.

S ECTION  4.5. R EGISTRATION OF F OREIGN S ECURITIES . The foreign securities maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of the Custodian or in the name of any Foreign Sub-Custodian or in the name of any nominee of the foregoing, and the Fund agrees to hold any such nominee harmless from any liability as a holder of record of such foreign

 

-9-


securities. The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall not be obligated to accept securities on behalf of the Fund under the terms of this Agreement unless the form of such securities and the manner in which they are delivered are in accordance with reasonable market practice.

S ECTION  4.6 B ANK A CCOUNTS . The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Fund cash (including cash denominated in foreign currencies) deposited with the Custodian. Where the Custodian is unable to maintain, or market practice does not facilitate the maintenance of, cash on the books of the Custodian, a bank account or bank accounts shall be opened and maintained outside the United States on behalf of the Fund with a Foreign Sub-Custodian. All accounts referred to in this Section shall be subject only to draft or order by the Custodian (or, if applicable, such Foreign Sub-Custodian) acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to hold cash received by or from or for the account of the Fund. Cash maintained on the books of the Custodian (including its branches, subsidiaries and affiliates), regardless of currency denomination, is maintained in bank accounts established under, and subject to the laws of, The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

S ECTION  4.7. C OLLECTION OF I NCOME . The Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to collect all income and other payments with respect to the Foreign Assets held hereunder to which the Fund shall be entitled and shall credit such income, as collected, to the Fund. In the event that extraordinary measures are required to collect such income, the Fund and the Custodian shall consult as to such measures and as to the compensation and expenses of the Custodian relating to such measures.

S ECTION  4.8 S HAREHOLDER R IGHTS . With respect to the foreign securities held pursuant to this Section 4, the Custodian will use reasonable commercial efforts to facilitate the exercise of voting and other shareholder rights, subject always to the laws, regulations and practical constraints that may exist in the country where such securities are issued. The Fund acknowledges that local conditions, including lack of regulation, onerous procedural obligations, lack of notice and other factors may have the effect of severely limiting the ability of the Fund to exercise shareholder rights.

S ECTION  4.9. C OMMUNICATIONS R ELATING TO F OREIGN S ECURITIES . The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund written information with respect to materials received by the Custodian via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Fund (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of foreign securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith). With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund written information with respect to materials so received by the Custodian from issuers of the foreign securities whose tender or exchange is sought or from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with foreign securities or other property of the Fund at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian or the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian is in actual possession of such foreign securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Fund regarding any class action or other litigation in connection with foreign securities or other assets issued outside the United States and then held, or previously held, during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian for the account of the Fund, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. For avoidance of doubt, upon and after the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to so transmit any information under this Section 4.9.

S ECTION  4.10. L IABILITY OF F OREIGN S UB -C USTODIANS . Each agreement pursuant to which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall, to the extent possible, require the Foreign Sub-Custodian to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties, and to indemnify, and hold harmless, the Custodian from and against any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim arising out of or in connection with the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s performance of such obligations. At the Fund’s election, it shall be entitled to be subrogated to

 

-10-


the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claims against a Foreign Sub-Custodian as a consequence of any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim if and to the extent that the Fund has not been made whole for any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim.

S ECTION  4.11 T AX L AW . The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Fund or the Custodian as custodian of the Fund by the tax law of the United States or of any state or political subdivision thereof. It shall be the responsibility of the Fund to notify the Custodian of the obligations imposed on the Fund or the Custodian as custodian of the Fund by the tax law of countries other than those mentioned in the above sentence, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, certifications and governmental reporting. The sole responsibility of the Custodian with regard to such tax law shall be to use reasonable efforts to assist the Fund with respect to any claim for exemption or refund under the tax law of countries for which the Fund has provided such information.

S ECTION  4.12. L IABILITY OF C USTODIAN . The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a Foreign Sub-Custodian to the same extent as set forth with respect to sub-custodians generally in the Agreement and, regardless of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian or a Foreign Securities System, the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, or acts of war or terrorism, or any other loss where the Sub-Custodian has otherwise acted with reasonable care.

S ECTION  5. P AYMENTS FOR S ALES OF S HARES .

The Custodian shall receive from the distributor for the Shares or from the Transfer Agent and deposit into the Fund’s account such payments as are received for Shares thereof issued or sold from time to time by the Fund. The Custodian will provide timely notification to the Fund and the Transfer Agent of any receipt by it of payments for Shares of the Fund.

S ECTION  6. L OAN S ERVICING P ROVISIONS

S ECTION  6.1 G ENERAL . The following provisions shall apply with respect to investments, property or assets in the nature of loans, or interests or participations in loans, including without limitation interests in syndicated bank loans and bank loan participations, whether in the U.S. or outside the U.S. (collectively, “ Loans ”) entered into by the Fund.

S ECTION  6.2 S AFEKEEPING . Instruments, certificates, agreements and/or other documents which the Custodian may receive with respect to Loans, if any (collectively “ Financing Documents ), from time to time, shall be held by the Custodian at its offices in Boston, Massachusetts.

S ECTION  6.3 D UTIES OF THE C USTODIAN . The Custodian shall accept such Financing Documents, if any, with respect to Loans as may be delivered to it from time to time by the Fund. The Custodian shall be under no obligation to examine the contents or determine the sufficiency of any such Financing Documents or to provide any certification with respect thereto, whether received by the Custodian as original documents, photocopies, by facsimile or otherwise. Without limiting the foregoing, the Custodian is under no duty to examine any such Financing Documents to determine whether necessary steps have been taken or requirements met with respect to the assignment or transfer of the related Loan or applicable interest or participation in such Loan. The Custodian shall be entitled to assume the genuineness, sufficiency and completeness of any Financing Documents received, and the genuineness and due authority of any signature appearing on such documents. Notwithstanding any term of this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Loans, (i) the Custodian shall be under no obligation to determine, and shall have no liability for, the sufficiency of, or to require delivery of, any instrument, document or agreement constituting, evidencing or representing such Loan, other than to receive such Financing Documents, if any, as may be delivered or caused to be delivered to it by the Fund (or its investment manager acting on its behalf), (ii) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, delivery of any such Loan (including

 

-11-


without limitation, for purposes of Section 2.8 above) may be made to the Custodian by, and may be represented solely by, delivery to the Custodian of a facsimile or photocopy of an assignment agreement (an “ Assignment Agreement ”) or a confirmation or certification from the Fund (or the investment manager) to the effect that it has acquired such Loan and/or has received or will receive, and will deliver to the Custodian, appropriate Financing Documents constituting, evidencing or representing such Loan (such confirmation or certification, together with any Assignment Agreement, collectively, an “ Assignment Agreement or Confirmation ”), in any case without delivery of any promissory note, participation certificate or similar instrument (collectively, an “ Instrument ”), (iii) if an original Instrument shall be or shall become available with respect to any such Loan, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Fund (or the investment manager acting on its behalf) to make or cause delivery thereof to the Custodian, and the Custodian shall be under no obligation at any time or times to determine whether any such original Instrument has been issued or made available with respect to such Loan, and shall not be under any obligation to compel compliance by the Fund to make or cause delivery of such Instrument to the Custodian, and (iv) any reference to Financing Documents appearing in this Section 6 shall be deemed to include, without limitation, any such Instrument and/or Assignment Agreement or Confirmation.

If payments with respect to a Loan (“ Loan Payment ”) are not received by the Custodian on the date on which they are due, as reflected in the Payment Schedule (as such term is defined in Section 6.4 below) of the Loan (“ Payment Date ”), or in the case of interest payments, not received either on a scheduled interest payable date, as reported to the Custodian by the Fund (or the investment manager acting on its behalf) for the Loan (the “ Interest Payable Date ”), or in the amount of the accrued interest payable, the Custodian shall promptly, but in no event later than one business day after the Payment Date or the Interest Payable Date, give telephonic notice to the party obligated under the Financing Documents to make such Loan Payment (the “ Obligor ”) of its failure to make timely payment, and (2) if such payment is not received within three business days of its due date, shall notify the Fund (or the investment manager on its behalf) of such Obligor’s failure to make the Loan Payment. The Custodian shall have no responsibility with respect to the collection of Loan Payments which are past due, other than the duty to notify the Obligor and the Fund (or the investment manager acting on its behalf) as provided herein.

The Custodian shall have no responsibilities or duties whatsoever under this Agreement, with respect to Loans or the Financing Documents, except for such responsibilities as are expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian shall have no obligation to preserve any rights against prior parties or to exercise any right or perform any obligation in connection with the Loans or any Financing Documents (including, without limitation, no obligation to take any action in respect of or upon receipt of any consent solicitation, notice of default or similar notice received from any bank agent or Obligor, except pursuant to instructions from the Fund and except that the Custodian shall undertake reasonable efforts to forward any such notice to the Fund or the investment manager acting on its behalf). In case any question arises as to its duties hereunder, the Custodian may request instructions from the Fund and shall be entitled at all times to refrain from taking any action unless it has received Proper Instructions from the Fund or the investment manager and the Custodian shall in all events have no liability, risk or cost for any action taken, with respect to a Loan, pursuant to and in compliance with the Proper Instructions of such parties.

The Custodian shall be only responsible and accountable for Loan Payments actually received by it and identified as for the account of the Fund; any and all credits and payments credited to the Fund, with respect to Loans, shall be conditional upon clearance and actual receipt by the Custodian of final payment thereon.

The Custodian shall promptly, upon the Fund’s request, release to the Fund’s investment manager or to any party as the Fund or the Fund’s investment manager may specify, any Financing Documents being held on behalf of the Fund. Without limiting the foregoing, the Custodian shall not be deemed to have or be charged with knowledge of the sale of any Loan, unless and except to the extent it shall have received written notice and instruction from the Fund (or the investment manager acting on its behalf) with respect thereto, and except to the extent it shall have received the sale proceeds thereof.

 

-12-


In no event shall the Custodian be under any obligation or liability to make any advance of its own funds with respect to any Loan.

S ECTION 6.4 R ESPONSIBILITY OF THE F UND . With respect to each Loan held by the Custodian hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Fund shall (a) cause the Financing Documents evidencing such Loan to be delivered to the Custodian; (b) include with such Financing Documents an amortization schedule of payments (the “ Payment Schedule ”) identifying the amount and due dates of scheduled principal payments, the Interest Payable Date(s) and related payment amount information, and such other information with respect to the related Loan and Financing Documents as the Custodian reasonably may require in order to perform its services hereunder (collectively, “ Loan Information ”), in such form and format as the Custodian reasonably may require; (c) take all actions necessary to acquire good title to such Loan (or the participation in such Loan, as the case may be), as and to the extent intended to be acquired; and (d) cause the Custodian to be named as its nominee for payment purposes under the Financing Documents or otherwise provide for the direct payment of the Payments to the Custodian. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon the Loan Information provided to it by the Fund without any obligation on the part of the Custodian independently to verify, investigate, recalculate, update or otherwise confirm the accuracy or completeness thereof; and the Custodian shall have no liability for any delay or failure on the part of the Fund in providing necessary Loan Information to the Custodian, or for any inaccuracy therein or incompleteness thereof. With respect to each such Loan, the Custodian shall be entitled to rely on any information and notices it may receive from time to time from the related bank agent, Obligor or similar party with respect to the related Loan, and shall be entitled to update its records on the basis of such information or notices received, without any obligation on its part independently to verify, investigate or recalculate such information.

S ECTION  6.5 I NSTRUCTIONS ; A UTHORITY TO A CT . The certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Fund, identifying certain individuals approved by the Fund’s Board to be officers of the Fund or employees of the Fund’s investment manager, administrator or sub-administrator and authorized to sign any such instructions, may be received and accepted as conclusive evidence of the incumbency and authority of such to act and may be considered by the Custodian to be in full force and effect until it receives written notice to the contrary from the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Fund. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Custodian shall have no responsibility to ensure that any investment by the Fund with respect to Loans has been authorized.

S ECTION  6.6 A TTACHMENT . In case any portion of the Loans or the Financing Documents shall be attached or levied upon pursuant to an order of court, or the delivery or disbursement thereof shall be stayed or enjoined by an order of court, or any other order, judgment or decrees shall be made or entered by any court affecting the property of the Fund or any act of the Custodian relating thereto, the Custodian is hereby expressly authorized in its sole discretion to obey and comply with all orders, judgments or decrees so entered or issued, without the necessity of inquire whether such court had jurisdiction, and, in case the Custodian obeys or complied with any such order, judgment or decree, it shall not be liable to anyone by reason of such compliance.

S ECTION  6.7 S ECURITY I NTEREST .

The provisions of this Section 6.7 shall constitute a security agreement. Terms used in this Section 6.7 which are defined or otherwise set forth in the Uniform Commercial Code of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall have the same meanings in this Section 6.7 as in the Uniform Commercial Code of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. If a term is defined or otherwise set forth in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and in another Article as well, the term as defined or otherwise set forth in Article 9 shall control.

S ECTION  6.7.1 C OLLATERAL . For purposes of this Section 6.7, “ Liabilities ” of the Fund shall mean those liabilities described in the fourth paragraph of Section 15 of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, and without limiting the provisions of Section 15 of this Agreement (and in furtherance thereof), the

 

-13-


Fund hereby agrees that, in connection with its Liabilities, the Custodian shall have a security interest in the following, whether now existing or hereafter acquired or created (collectively, the “Collateral” ):

 

  (i) all of the Fund’s promissory notes and chattel paper (A) copies of which are in the possession or under the control of any of the Custodian and its agents, affiliates and subcustodians, (B) assigned to the Fund and for which originals or copies of confirmations or other evidences of the assignment are in the possession or under the control of any of the Custodian and its agents, affiliates and subcustodians, (C) in which the Fund holds participations and for which originals or copies of the participation agreements or certificates are in the possession or under the control of any of the Custodian and its agents, affiliates and subcustodians, or (D) assigned to the Fund or in which such Fund holds participations and for which instructions have been given to make payments of principal, interest or other amounts thereon to any of the Custodian and its agents, affiliates and subcustodians;

 

  (ii) all of the Fund’s payment intangibles (A) evidenced by or created under written or electronic agreements originals or copies of which are in the possession or under the control of any of the Custodian and its agents, affiliates and subcustodians, (B) assigned to the Fund and for which originals or copies of confirmations or other evidences of the assignment are in the possession or under the control of any of the Custodian and its agents, affiliates and subcustodians, (C) in which the Fund holds participations and for which originals or copies of the participation agreements or certificates are in the possession or under the control of any of the Custodian and its agents, affiliates and subcustodians, or (D) assigned to the Fund or in which such Fund holds participations and for which instructions have been given to make payments of principal, interest or other amounts thereon to any of the Custodian and its agents, affiliates and subcustodians; and

 

  (iii) any and all proceeds of any thereof.

S ECTION  6.7.2 F AILURE TO S ATISFY L IABILITIES . In the event that the Fund fails to satisfy any of the Liabilities as and when due and payable, the failure shall constitute a default under this Section 6.7, and the Custodian shall then have with respect to the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies arising hereunder or under applicable law, the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Without prejudice to the Custodian’s rights under applicable law, the Custodian shall be entitled, without notice to the Fund, to withhold delivery of any Collateral, sell or otherwise realize on any Collateral and to apply the money or other proceeds and any other monies credited to the cash accounts in satisfaction of such Liabilities. The Fund acknowledges that, in the Custodian exercising any such rights or remedies against any Collateral, it will be commercially reasonable for the Custodian (i) to accelerate or cause the acceleration of the maturity of any fixed term deposits comprised in the Collateral and (ii) to effect such currency conversions as may be necessary at its current rates for the sale and purchase of the relevant currencies.

S ECTION  6.7.3 UCC F ILINGS . The Fund hereby irrevocably authorizes the Custodian at any time and from time to time to file in any filing office in any Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments thereto that (a) indicate the Collateral as described in Section 6.7.1 or (ii) as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, and (b) provide any other information required by part 5 of Article 9 of any applicable Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement or amendment, including whether the Fund is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to the Fund. The Fund agrees to furnish any such information to the Custodian promptly upon the Custodian’s request. The Fund also ratifies its authorization for the Custodian to have filed in any Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction any like initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof.

S ECTION  6.7.4 C HIEF E XECUTIVE O FFICE . The Fund represents and warrants to the Custodian that the Fund’s chief executive office is located at the address set forth in this Agreement. The Fund covenants to provide to the Custodian at least 30 days’ prior written notice of any change of location of the chief executive office.

 

-14-


S ECTION  6.7.5 P ERFECTED S ECURITY I NTEREST . The Fund agrees to take such actions as the Custodian may from time to time request in order to insure that the Custodian has a first perfected security interest in the Collateral and that the Custodian has the ability to enforce its security interest. Without limitation upon the foregoing, for such purposes the Fund (a) shall promptly deliver to the possession or control of the Custodian or its designee originals of any instruments (including promissory notes) and chattel paper comprised in the Collateral and not already in the possession or under the control of the Custodian and its agents, affiliates and subcustodians, (b) shall promptly obtain termination amendments of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or terminations or subordinations of security interests or other liens, in form and substance satisfactory to Custodian, where the failure to take such action could result in a competing security in or other lien on any of the Collateral having priority over the security interest of the Custodian in the Collateral, and (c) shall promptly execute and file such notices and registrations and take such other actions, including actions required under the law of any foreign jurisdiction, which are, in the opinion of the Custodian, necessary or advisable to assure the attachment, perfection, priority and ability of the Custodian to enforce the security interest and (d) further authorizes the Custodian to take such action as in the opinion of the Custodian may be necessary or advisable under any foreign law including making an appropriate entry in any security interest, charge or lien registry in the country whose laws the Fund is organized or in which the Fund maintains an office.

S ECTION  7. P ROPER I NSTRUCTIONS .

Proper Instructions, which may also be standing instructions, as used throughout this Agreement, shall mean instructions received by the Custodian from the Fund, the Fund’s investment manager, or a person or entity duly authorized by either of them. Such instructions may be in writing signed by the authorized person or persons or may be in a tested communication or in a communication utilizing access codes effected between electro-mechanical or electronic devices or may be by such other means and utilizing such intermediary systems and utilities as may be agreed to from time to time by the Custodian and the person or entity giving such instructions, provided that the Fund has followed any security procedures agreed to from time to time by the Fund and the Custodian, including, but not limited to, the security procedures selected by the Fund in the Funds Transfer Addendum to this Agreement, the terms of which are hereby agreed to. Oral instructions will be considered Proper Instructions if the Custodian reasonably believes them to have been given by a person authorized to give such instructions with respect to the transaction involved. The Fund shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing. For purposes of this Section, Proper Instructions shall include instructions received by the Custodian pursuant to any multi-party agreement which requires a segregated asset account in accordance with Section 2.10 of this Agreement. The Fund or the Fund’s investment manager shall cause its duly authorized officer to certify to the Custodian in writing the names and specimen signatures of persons authorized to give Proper Instructions. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon the identity and authority of such persons until it receives notice from the Fund to the contrary.

S ECTION  8. A CTIONS P ERMITTED WITHOUT E XPRESS A UTHORITY .

The Custodian may in its discretion, without express authority from the Fund:

 

  1) make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of handling securities or other similar items relating to its duties under this Agreement, provided that all such payments shall be accounted for to the Fund;

 

  2) surrender securities in temporary form for securities in definitive form;

 

  3) endorse for collection, in the name of the Fund, checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and

 

  4) in general, attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the securities and property of the Fund except as otherwise directed by the Board.

 

-15-


S ECTION  9. E VIDENCE OF A UTHORITY .

The Custodian shall be protected in acting upon any instructions, notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument or paper believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed by or on behalf of the Fund. The Custodian may receive and accept a copy of a resolution of the Board, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Fund (“ Certified Resolution ”), as conclusive evidence (a) of the authority of any person to act in accordance with such resolution or (b) of any determination or of any action by the Board as described in such resolution, and such resolution may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of written notice to the contrary.

S ECTION  10. D UTIES OF C USTODIAN WITH R ESPECT TO THE B OOKS OF A CCOUNT AND C ALCULATION OF N ET A SSET V ALUE AND N ET I NCOME .

The Custodian shall cooperate with and supply necessary information to the entity or entities appointed by the Board to keep the books of account of the Fund and/or compute the net asset value per Share of the outstanding Shares or, if directed in writing to do so by the Fund, shall itself keep such books of account and/or compute such net asset value per Share. If so directed, the Custodian shall also calculate as often as daily the net income of the Fund as described in the Prospectus and shall advise the Fund and the Transfer Agent daily of the total amounts of such net income and, if instructed in writing by an officer of the Fund to do so, shall advise the Transfer Agent periodically of the division of such net income among its various components.

S ECTION  11. R ECORDS .

The Custodian shall create and maintain all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as will meet the obligations of the Fund under the 1940 Act, with particular attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder. All such records shall be the property of the Fund and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Fund and employees and agents of the SEC. The Custodian shall, at the Fund’s request, supply the Fund with a tabulation of securities owned by the Fund and held by the Custodian and shall, when requested to do so by the Fund and for such compensation as shall be agreed upon between the Fund and the Custodian, include certificate numbers in such tabulations.

S ECTION  12. O PINION OF F UND S I NDEPENDENT A CCOUNTANT .

The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as the Fund may from time to time request, to obtain from year to year favorable opinions from the Fund’s independent accountants with respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of the Fund’s Form N-2, and Forms 10-Q and 10-K or other reports to the SEC and with respect to any other requirements thereof.

S ECTION  13. R EPORTS TO F UND BY I NDEPENDENT P UBLIC A CCOUNTANTS .

The Custodian shall provide the Fund, at such times as the Fund may reasonably require, with reports by independent public accountants on the accounting system, internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including securities deposited and/or maintained in a U.S. Securities System or a Foreign Securities System (either, a “ Securities System ”), relating to the services provided by the Custodian under this Agreement; such reports, shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail, as may reasonably be required by the Fund to provide reasonable assurance that any material inadequacies would be disclosed by such examination, and, if there are no such inadequacies, the reports shall so state.

S ECTION  14. C OMPENSATION OF C USTODIAN .

The Custodian shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services and expenses as Custodian, as agreed upon from time to time between the Fund and the Custodian.

 

-16-


S ECTION  15. R ESPONSIBILITY OF C USTODIAN .

So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of reasonable care, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement and shall be held harmless in acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper party or parties, including any futures commission merchant acting pursuant to the terms of a three-party futures or options agreement. The Custodian shall be held to the exercise of reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, but shall be kept indemnified by and shall be without liability to the Fund for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith without negligence, including, without limitation, acting in accordance with any Proper Instruction. It shall be entitled to rely on and may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Fund) on all matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice. The Custodian shall be without liability to the Fund for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by anything that is part of Country Risk (as defined in Section 3 hereof), including without limitation nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, insolvency of a Foreign Sub-Custodian, acts of war, revolution, riots or terrorism.

Except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct or the negligence or willful misconduct of a sub-custodian or agent, the Custodian shall be without liability to the Fund for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by; (i) events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian or any sub-custodian or Securities System or any agent or nominee of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the interruption, suspension or restriction of trading on or the closure of any securities market, power or other mechanical or technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or communications disruptions, work stoppages, natural disasters, or other similar events or acts; (ii) errors by the Fund or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment advisor in their instructions to the Custodian provided such instructions have been in accordance with this Agreement; (iii) the insolvency of or acts or omissions by a Securities System; (iv) any delay or failure of any broker, agent or intermediary, central bank or other commercially prevalent payment or clearing system to deliver to the Custodian’s sub-custodian or agent securities purchased or in the remittance or payment made in connection with securities sold; (v) any delay or failure of any company, corporation, or other body in charge of registering or transferring securities in the name of the Custodian, the Fund, the Custodian’s sub-custodians, nominees or agents or any consequential losses arising out of such delay or failure to transfer such securities including non-receipt of bonus, dividends and rights and other accretions or benefits; (vi) delays or inability to perform its duties due to any disorder in market infrastructure with respect to any particular security or Securities System; and (vii) any provision of any present or future law or regulation or order of the United States of America, or any state thereof, or any other country, or political subdivision thereof or of any court of competent jurisdiction. The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a Foreign Sub-Custodian to the same extent as set forth with respect to sub-custodians generally in this Agreement.

If the Fund requires the Custodian to take any action with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or which action may, in the opinion of the Custodian, result in the Custodian or its nominee assigned to the Fund being liable for the payment of money or incurring liability of some other form, the Fund, as a prerequisite to requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

If the Fund requires the Custodian, its affiliates, subsidiaries or agents, to advance cash or securities for any purpose (including but not limited to securities settlements, foreign exchange contracts and assumed settlement), or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except such as may arise from its or its nominee’s own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, or if the Fund fails to compensate the Custodian pursuant to Section 14 hereof, any property at any time held for the account of the Fund shall be security therefor and should the Fund fail to repay the Custodian promptly, the Custodian shall be entitled to utilize available cash and to dispose of the Fund’s assets to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement.

 

-17-


In no event shall the Custodian be liable for indirect, special or consequential damages.

S ECTION  16. E FFECTIVE P ERIOD , T ERMINATION AND A MENDMENT .

This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter provided, may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties hereto and may be terminated by either party by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed, postage prepaid to the other party, such termination to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such delivery or mailing; provided , however, that the Fund shall not amend or terminate this Agreement in contravention of any applicable federal or state regulations, or any provision of the Fund’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws, and further provided, that the Fund may at any time by action of its Board (i) substitute another bank or trust company for the Custodian by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the Comptroller of the Currency or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.

Upon termination of the Agreement, the Fund shall pay to the Custodian such compensation as may be due as of the date of such termination and shall likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements. The provisions of Sections 4.11, 14 and 15 of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement for any reason.

S ECTION  17. S UCCESSOR C USTODIAN .

If a successor custodian for the Fund shall be appointed by the Board, the Custodian shall, upon termination, deliver to such successor custodian at the office of the Custodian, duly endorsed and in the form for transfer, all securities of the Fund then held by it hereunder and shall transfer to an account of the successor custodian all of the securities of the Fund held in a Securities System.

If no such successor custodian shall be appointed, the Custodian shall, in like manner, upon receipt of a Certified Resolution, deliver at the office of the Custodian and transfer such securities, funds and other properties in accordance with such resolution.

In the event that no written order designating a successor custodian or Certified Resolution shall have been delivered to the Custodian on or before the date when such termination shall become effective, then the Custodian shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company, which is a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act, doing business in Boston, Massachusetts, or New York, New York, of its own selection, having an aggregate capital, surplus, and undivided profits, as shown by its last published report, of not less than $25,000,000, all securities, funds and other properties held by the Custodian hereunder and all instruments held by the Custodian relative thereto and all other property held by it under this Agreement on behalf of the Fund, and to transfer to an account of such successor custodian all of the Fund’s securities held in any Securities System. Thereafter, such bank or trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

In the event that securities, funds and other properties remain in the possession of the Custodian after the date of termination hereof owing to failure of the Fund to procure the Certified Resolution to appoint a successor custodian, the Custodian shall be entitled to fair compensation for its services during such period as the Custodian retains possession of such securities, funds and other properties and the provisions of this Agreement relating to the duties and obligations of the Custodian shall remain in full force and effect.

S ECTION  18. I NTERPRETIVE AND A DDITIONAL P ROVISIONS .

In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian and the Fund may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a

 

-18-


writing signed by both parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable federal or state regulations or any provision of the Fund’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws. No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement.

S ECTION  19. M ASSACHUSETTS L AW TO A PPLY .

This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

S ECTION  20. P RIOR A GREEMENTS .

This Agreement supersedes and terminates, as of the date hereof, all prior Agreements between the Fund and the Custodian relating to the custody of the Fund’s assets.

S ECTION  21. N OTICES .

Any notice, instruction or other instrument required to be given hereunder may be delivered in person to the offices of the parties as set forth herein during normal business hours or delivered prepaid registered mail or by telex, cable or telecopy to the parties at the following addresses or such other addresses as may be notified by any party from time to time.

 

To the Fund:

   THL C REDIT , I NC .
   100 Federal Street, 31 st Floor
   Boston, Massachusetts 02110
   Attention: Terry Olson, Chief Financial Officer
   Telephone: (617) 946-2682
   Telecopy: (877) 494-9096

To the Custodian:

   S TATE S TREET B ANK AND T RUST C OMPANY
   John Hancock Tower
   200 Clarendon Street
   Boston, Massachusetts 02116
   Attention: Paul Woods, Senior Vice President
   Telephone: 617-937-6289
   Telecopy: 617-

Such notice, instruction or other instrument shall be deemed to have been served in the case of a registered letter at the expiration of five business days after posting, in the case of cable twenty-four hours after dispatch and, in the case of telex, immediately on dispatch and if delivered outside normal business hours it shall be deemed to have been received at the next time after delivery when normal business hours commence and in the case of cable, telex or telecopy on the business day after the receipt thereof. Evidence that the notice was properly addressed, stamped and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence of posting.

S ECTION  22. C ONFIDENTIALITY .

The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially all information provided by each party to the other party regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering or receiving services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information (i) that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is independently derived by

 

-19-


any party hereto without the use of any information provided by the other party hereto in connection with this Agreement, (ii) that is required in any legal or regulatory proceeding, investigation, audit, examination, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process, or by operation of law or regulation, or (iii) where the party seeking to disclose has received the prior written consent of the party providing the information, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Custodian and its affiliates may report and use nonpublic portfolio holdings information of its clients, including the Fund, on an aggregated basis with all or substantially all other client information and without specific reference to the Fund.

S ECTION  23. R EPRODUCTION OF D OCUMENTS .

This Agreement and all schedules, addenda, exhibits, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

S ECTION  24. R EMOTE A CCESS S ERVICES A DDENDUM .

The Custodian and the Fund agree to be bound by the terms of the Remote Access Services Addendum attached hereto.

S ECTION  25. S HAREHOLDER C OMMUNICATIONS E LECTION .

SEC Rule 14b-2 requires banks which hold securities for the account of customers to respond to requests by issuers of securities for the names, addresses and holdings of beneficial owners of securities of that issuer held by the bank unless the beneficial owner has expressly objected to disclosure of this information. In order to comply with the rule, the Custodian needs the Fund to indicate whether it authorizes the Custodian to provide the Fund’s name, address, and share position to requesting companies whose securities the Fund owns. If the Fund tells the Custodian “no”, the Custodian will not provide this information to requesting companies. If the Fund tells the Custodian “yes” or does not check either “yes” or “no” below, the Custodian is required by the rule to treat the Fund as consenting to disclosure of this information for all securities owned by the Fund or any funds or accounts established by the Fund. For the Fund’s protection, the Rule prohibits the requesting company from using the Fund’s name and address for any purpose other than corporate communications. Please indicate below whether the Fund consents or objects by checking one of the alternatives below.

YES   ¨      The Custodian is authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.

NO   x        The Custodian is not authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

-20-


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each of the parties has caused this instrument to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized representative under seal as of the date first above-written.

 

THL CREDIT, INC.
By:  

 

 

Name:

 
 

Title:

 

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
By:  

 

 

Joseph C. Antonellis

 

Vice Chairman

 

 

 

 

Custodian Agreement Signature Page

Exhibit (k)(1)

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) made as of July 23, 2009 by and between THL Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “ Corporation ”), and THL Credit Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Administrator ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Corporation is a newly organized closed-end management investment company that has elected to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (hereinafter referred to as the “ 1940 Act ”);

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to retain the Administrator to provide administrative services to the Corporation in the manner and on the terms hereinafter set forth; and

WHEREAS, the Administrator is willing to provide administrative services to the Corporation on the terms and conditions hereafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the Corporation and the Administrator hereby agree as follows:

1 . Duties of the Administrator.

(a) Employment of Administrator. The Corporation hereby employs the Administrator to act as administrator of the Corporation, and to furnish, or arrange for others to furnish, the administrative services, personnel and facilities described below, subject to review by and the overall control of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, for the period and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Administrator hereby accepts such employment and agrees during such period to render, or arrange for the rendering of, such services and to assume the obligations herein set forth subject to the reimbursement of costs and expenses as provided for below. The Administrator and any such other persons providing services arranged for by the Administrator shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be independent contractors and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided or authorized herein, have no authority to act for or represent the Corporation in any way or otherwise be deemed agents of the Corporation.

(b) Services. The Administrator shall perform (or oversee, or arrange for, the performance by third parties of) the administrative services necessary for the operation of the Corporation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,


the Administrator shall provide the Corporation with office facilities, equipment, clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such office facilities and such other services as the Administrator, subject to review by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, shall from time to time determine to be necessary or useful to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Administrator shall also, on behalf of the Corporation, arrange for the services of, and oversee, custodians, depositories, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents, other stockholder servicing agents, accountants, attorneys, underwriters, brokers and dealers, corporate fiduciaries, insurers, banks and such other persons in any such other capacity deemed to be necessary or desirable. The Administrator shall make reports to the Corporation’s Board of Directors of its performance of obligations hereunder and furnish advice and recommendations with respect to such other aspects of the business and affairs of the Corporation as it shall determine to be desirable; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to require the Administrator to, and the Administrator shall not, in its capacity as Administrator, provide any advice or recommendation relating to the securities and other assets that the Corporation should purchase, retain or sell or any other investment advisory services to the Corporation. The Administrator shall be responsible for the financial and other records that the Corporation is required to maintain and shall prepare all reports and other materials required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) or any other regulatory authority, including reports on Forms 8-K, 10-Q and periodic reports to stockholders. At the Corporation’s request, the Administrator will provide on the Corporation’s behalf significant managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Corporation is required to provide such assistance. In addition, the Administrator will assist the Corporation in determining and publishing the Corporation’s net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of the Corporation’s tax returns, and the printing and dissemination of reports to stockholders of the Corporation, and generally overseeing the payment of the Corporation’s expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Corporation by others.

2. Records. The Administrator agrees to maintain and keep all books, accounts and other records of the Corporation that relate to activities performed by the Administrator hereunder and, if required by any applicable statutes, rules and regulations, including without limitation, the 1940 Act, will maintain and keep such books, accounts and records in accordance with such statutes, rules and regulations. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Administrator agrees that all records that it maintains for the Corporation shall at all times remain the property of the Corporation, shall be readily accessible during normal business hours, and shall be promptly surrendered upon the termination of this Agreement or otherwise on written request. The Administrator further agrees that all records which it maintains for the Corporation pursuant to Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act will be preserved for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act unless any such records are earlier surrendered as provided above. Records shall be surrendered in usable machine-readable form. The Administrator shall have the right to retain copies of such records subject to observance of its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement. The Administrator may engage one or more third parties to perform all or a portion of the foregoing services.

 

2


3. Confidentiality. The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto, including nonpublic personal information of natural persons pursuant to Regulation S-P of the SEC, shall be used by the other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party without the prior consent of such providing party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is required to be disclosed by any regulatory authority, any authority or legal counsel of the parties hereto, by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by applicable law or regulation.

4. Compensation; Allocation of Costs and Expenses.

(a) In full consideration of the provision of the services of the Administrator, the Corporation shall reimburse the Administrator for the costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations and providing personnel and facilities hereunder.

(b) The Corporation will bear all costs and expenses that are incurred in its operation and transactions and not specifically assumed by the Corporation’s investment adviser (the “ Advisor ”), pursuant to that certain Investment Management Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2009 by and between the Corporation and the Advisor. Costs and expenses to be borne by the Corporation include, but are not limited to, those relating to: organization and offering; valuing the Corporation’s assets and computing its net asset value per share (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm); expenses incurred by the Advisor or payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors and travel expense, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for the Corporation and in monitoring the Corporation’s investments and enforcing the Corporation’s rights in respect of such investment; performing due diligence on the Corporation’s prospective portfolio companies; interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance the Corporation’s investments; distributions on shares; offerings of the Corporation’s common stock and other securities; investment advisory and management fees; administration fees, if any, payable under this Agreement; transfer agent and custody fees and expenses; the allocated costs of providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that require it; fees payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making and disposing of investments; brokerage fees and commissions; the Corporation’s dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which the Corporation is a member; transfer agent and custodial fees; federal and state registration fees; all costs of registration and listing the Corporation’s shares on any securities exchange; federal, state and local

 

3


taxes; independent directors’ fees and expenses; costs of preparing and filing reports, registration statements, prospectuses or other documents required by the SEC, including printing costs; costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders, including printing and mailing costs; the expenses of holding shareholder meetings; the Corporation’s allocable portion of the fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs; litigation and indemnification and other extraordinary or non recurring expenses; and all other expenses incurred by the Corporation or the Administrator in connection with administering the Corporation’s business, including payments under this Agreement based upon the Corporation’s allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under this Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of the Corporation’s officers and their respective staffs.

5. Limitation of Liability of the Administrator; Indemnification. The Administrator, its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with any of them (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”), shall not be liable to the Corporation for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Administrator in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Corporation, and the Corporation shall indemnify, defend and protect the Administrator (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with the Administrator, including without limitation the Indemnified Parties (each of whom shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Administrator’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Corporation. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Paragraph 5 to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect the Indemnified Parties against or entitle or be deemed to entitle the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any liability to the Corporation or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject by reason of criminal conduct, willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the Administrator’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Administrator’s duties and obligations under this Agreement.

6. Activities of the Administrator. The services of the Administrator to the Corporation are not to be deemed to be exclusive, and the Administrator and each other person providing services as arranged by the Administrator is free to render services to others. It is understood that directors, officers, employees and stockholders of the

 

4


Corporation are or may become interested in the Administrator and its affiliates, as directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners, stockholders or otherwise, and that the Administrator and directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners and stockholders of the Administrator and its affiliates are or may become similarly interested in the Corporation as officers, directors, stockholders or otherwise.

7 . Duration and Termination of this Agreement.

(a) This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof, and shall remain in force with respect to the Corporation for two years thereafter, and thereafter continue from year to year, but only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the Board of Directors of the Corporation and (ii) a majority of those members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party.

(b) This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Corporation’s Board of Directors, or by the Administrator, upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other party (which notice may be waived by such other party).

8. Amendments of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by all parties hereto.

9. Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither party may assign (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act and the regulations thereunder), delegate or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. Any assignment by either party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be pursuant to a written assignment agreement in which the assignee expressly assumes the assigning party’s rights and obligations hereunder.

10. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, if any. To the extent that the applicable laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, if any, the latter shall control. The parties unconditionally and irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in the State of New York and waive any objection with respect thereto, for the purpose of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

11. No Waiver. The failure of either party to enforce at any time for any period the provisions of or any rights deriving from this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provisions or rights or the right of such party thereafter to enforce such provisions, and no waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by all parties hereto.

 

5


12. Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

13. Headings. The descriptive headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original instrument and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

15. Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service (with signature required), by facsimile, or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at their respective principal executive office addresses.

16. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

THL CREDIT, INC.

/s/ Terrence W. Olson

By:   Terrence W. Olson
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
THL CREDIT ADVISORS LLC

/s/ Sam W. Tillinghast

By:   Sam W. Tillinghast
Title:   Chief Operating Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN

THL CREDIT, INC. AND THL CREDIT ADVISORS LLC]

Exhibit (k)(2)

FORM OF SUB-ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

This Sub-Administration Agreement (“Agreement”) dated and effective as of April      , 2010, is by and among State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company (the “Sub-Administrator”), THL Credit, Inc. (the “Company”), and THL Credit Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Administrator”).

WHEREAS, the Company is a closed-end, management investment company that intends to elect to be regulated as a business development company;

WHEREAS, the Company has retained the Administrator to furnish administrative services to the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Administrator desire to retain the Sub-Administrator to furnish certain administrative services to the Company, and the Sub-Administrator is willing to furnish such services, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. A PPOINTMENT OF S UB -A DMINISTRATOR

The Company and the Administrator hereby appoint the Sub-Administrator to provide certain administrative services for the Company for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. The Sub-Administrator accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services stated herein.

 

2. D ELIVERY OF D OCUMENTS

The Administrator will promptly deliver to the Sub-Administrator copies of each of the following documents with respect to the Company and all future amendments and supplements, if any:

 

  a. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws;

 

  b. The Company’s pre-effective amendment No. 2 to its registration statement on Form N-2, SEC File No. 333-159636, any subsequent amendments thereto and any subsequent registration statements on Form N-2 and any subsequent amendments thereto (the most recent such registration statement or amendment thereto at any time being referred to as the “Registration Statement”);

 

  c. Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) authorizing (1) the Company to enter into this Agreement and (2) certain individuals on behalf of the Administrator to (a) give instructions to the Sub-Administrator pursuant to this Agreement and (b) sign checks and pay expenses;

 

  d. A copy of the administration agreement between the Company and the Administrator; and

 

  e. Such other certificates, documents or opinions which the Sub-Administrator may, in its reasonable discretion, deem necessary or appropriate in the proper performance of its duties.

 

3. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE S UB -A DMINISTRATOR

The Sub-Administrator represents and warrants to the Administrator that:

 

  a. It is a Massachusetts trust company, duly organized and existing under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts;


  b. It has the corporate power and authority to carry on its business in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts;

 

  c. All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

  d. No legal or administrative proceedings have been instituted or threatened which would impair the Sub-Administrator’s ability to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement; and

 

  e. Its entrance into this Agreement shall not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Sub-Administrator or any law or regulation applicable to it.

 

4. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE A DMINISTRATOR

The Administrator represents and warrants to the Sub-Administrator that:

 

  a. It is a limited liability company duly organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

 

  b. It has the requisite power and authority under applicable laws and by its governing documents to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

  c. All requisite proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

  d. No legal or administrative proceedings have been instituted or threatened which would materially impair the Administrator’s ability to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement; and

 

  e. Its entrance into this Agreement will not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Administrator or any law or regulation applicable to it.

 

5. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE C OMPANY

The Company represents and warrants to the Sub-Administrator that:

 

  a. The Company is a corporation duly organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;

 

  b. It has the requisite power and authority under applicable laws and by its Certificate of Incorporation to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

  c. All requisite proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

  d. No legal or administrative proceedings have been instituted or threatened which would materially impair the Company’s ability to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement;

 

  e. Its entrance into this Agreement will not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Administrator or any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  f. The Company is an investment company that intends to file an election to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

 

  g. A Registration Statement has been filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); and

 

  h. As of the close of business on the date of this Agreement, the Company is authorized to issue shares of capital stock.


6. S UB -A DMINISTRATION S ERVICES

The Sub-Administrator shall provide the following services, subject to the authorization and direction of the Administrator or the Company and, in each case where appropriate, the review and comment by the Company’s independent accountants and legal counsel and in accordance with procedures which may be established from time to time between the Administrator and the Sub-Administrator:

 

  a. Prepare for the review by designated officer(s) of the Administrator the Company’s financial statements and periodic financial reports required to be filed with the SEC on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q and financial information required by proxy statements, Form 8-K and such other reports, forms or filings as may be mutually agreed upon;

 

  b. Coordinate the audit of the Company’s financial statements by the Company’s independent accountants, including the preparation of supporting audit workpapers and other schedules, and make such reports and recommendations to the Board (or the Audit Committee of the Board (“Audit Committee”)) concerning the performance of the independent accountants as the Board or the Audit Committee may reasonably request;

 

  c. Calculate management fees and incentive fees in accordance with the Company’s investment advisory agreement and/or other applicable documents;

 

  d. Calculate incentive amounts available for distribution to shareholders by the Company;

 

  e. Provide periodic testing of the Company with respect to compliance with the mandatory qualification requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended (the “Code”) for status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code, and as mutually agreed the requirements of the 1940 Act applicable to business development companies and the investment policies and restrictions of the Company contained in its Registration Statement for the Company as may be mutually agreed upon, including quarterly compliance reporting to the designated officer(s) of the Company as well as preparation of related Board materials; and

 

  f. Provide sub-certificates in connection with the certification requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 with respect to the services provided by the Sub-Administrator.

 

  g. Implement and maintain a written information security program that contains appropriate security measures to safeguard the Personal Information (as defined below) of the Trust’s shareholders, employees, directors and/or officers that the Administrator receives, stores, maintains, processes or otherwise accesses in connection with the provision of services hereunder. Pursuant to Section 17.02 of the Standards for The Protection of Personal Information of Residents of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (Massachusetts Privacy Standards), “Personal Information” is means an individual’s name and one or more of the following: Social Security number, driver’s license number, state-issued identification card number, financial account number, or debit or credit card number, with or without any required security code, access code, personal identification number or password, that would permit access to a resident’s financial account.

The Sub-Administrator shall perform such other services for the Administrator and the Company that are mutually agreed to by the parties from time to time, for which the Company or the Administrator will pay such fees as may be mutually agreed upon in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement, including the Sub-Administrator’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. The provision of such services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

The Sub-Administrator shall provide the office facilities and the personnel determined by it to perform the services contemplated herein.


7. F EES ; E XPENSES ; E XPENSE R EIMBURSEMENT

The Sub-Administrator shall receive from the Administrator with respect to the Company such compensation for the Sub-Administrator’s services provided pursuant to this Agreement as may be agreed to from time to time in a written Fee Schedule approved by the parties. The fees shall be accrued daily and billed monthly and shall be due and payable upon receipt of the invoice. Upon the termination of this Agreement before the end of any month, the fee for the part of the month before such termination shall be prorated according to the proportion which such part bears to the full monthly period and shall be payable upon the date of termination of this Agreement. In addition, the Administrator shall reimburse the Sub-Administrator for its out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with this Agreement. All rights of compensation and expense reimbursement under this Agreement for services performed as of the termination date shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

The Administrator agrees promptly to reimburse the Sub-Administrator for any equipment and supplies specially ordered by or for the Company through the Sub-Administrator and for any other expenses not contemplated by this Agreement that the Sub-Administrator may incur on the Company’s or the Administrator’s behalf or at the Administrator’s or the Company’s request or with the Administrator’s or the Company’s consent.

The Administrator acknowledges and agrees that the Company and/or the Administrator will bear all expenses that are incurred in the operation of the Company and not specifically assumed by the Sub-Administrator. Expenses to be borne by the Company and/or the Administrator, include, but are not limited to: organizational expenses; cost of services of independent accountants and outside legal and tax counsel (including such counsel’s review of the Company’s Registration Statement, Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Form 8-K, proxy materials, federal and state tax qualification as a regulated investment company and other notices, registrations, reports, filings and materials prepared by the Sub-Administrator under this Agreement); cost of any services contracted for by the Company or the Administrator directly from parties other than the Sub-Administrator; cost of trading operations and brokerage fees, commissions and transfer taxes in connection with the purchase and sale of securities for the Company; investment advisory fees; taxes, insurance premiums and other fees and expenses applicable to its operation; costs incidental to any meetings of shareholders including, but not limited to, legal and accounting fees, proxy filing fees and the costs of preparation (e.g., typesetting, page changes and all other print vendor and EDGAR charges, collectively referred to herein as “Preparation”), printing, distribution and mailing of any proxy materials; costs incidental to Board meetings, including fees and expenses of Board members; the compensation and expenses of any officer, director\trustee or employee of the Company; costs of preparation, printing, distribution and mailing, as applicable, of the Company’s shareholder reports; all applicable registration fees and filing fees required under federal and state securities laws; the cost of fidelity bond and D&O/E&O liability insurance; and cost of independent pricing services and valuation firms used in determining the value of the Company’s assets.

The Sub-Administrator is authorized to and may employ, associate or contract with such person or persons as the Sub-Administrator may deem desirable to assist it in performing its duties under this Agreement; provided, however, that the compensation of such person or persons shall be paid by the Sub-Administrator and that the Sub-Administrator shall be as fully responsible to the Administrator for the acts and omissions of any such person or persons as it is for its own acts and omissions.

 

8. I NSTRUCTIONS AND A DVICE

a. At any time, the Sub-Administrator may apply to any officer of the Company or his or her designee for instructions and may consult with its own legal counsel or outside counsel for the Company or the independent accountants for the Company at the expense of the Company or the Administrator, with respect to any matter arising in connection with the services to be performed by the Sub-Administrator under this Agreement.

b. The Sub-Administrator shall not be liable, and shall be indemnified by the Administrator, for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in reliance upon any such instructions or advice or upon any paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper person or persons. The Sub-Administrator shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any person until receipt of written notice thereof from the Company or the Administrator. Nothing in this section shall be construed as imposing upon the Sub-Administrator any obligation to seek such instructions or advice, or to act in accordance with such advice when received.


9. L IMITATION OF L IABILITY AND I NDEMNIFICATION

The Sub-Administrator shall be responsible for the performance only of such duties as are set forth in this Agreement and, except as otherwise provided under Section 7, shall have no responsibility for the actions or activities of any other party, including other service providers. The Sub-Administrator shall have no liability in respect of any loss, damage or expense suffered by the Company or the Administrator insofar as such loss, damage or expense arises from the performance of the Sub-Administrator’s duties hereunder in reliance upon records that were maintained for the Company or the Administrator by entities other than the Sub-Administrator prior to the Sub-Administrator’s appointment as Sub-Administrator hereunder. The Sub-Administrator shall have no liability for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss or damage resulting from the performance or nonperformance of its duties hereunder unless solely caused by or resulting from the negligence, bad faith, reckless disregard or willful misfeasance of the Sub-Administrator, its officers or employees. The Sub-Administrator shall not be liable for any special, indirect, incidental, punitive or consequential damages, including lost profits, of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) under any provision of this Agreement or for any such damages arising out of any act or failure to act hereunder, each of which is hereby excluded by agreement of the parties regardless of whether such damages were foreseeable or whether either party or any entity had been advised of the possibility of such damages. In any event, the Sub-Administrator’s cumulative liability for each calendar year (a “Liability Period”) under this Agreement regardless of the form of action or legal theory shall be limited to two (2) times its total annual compensation earned with respect to the Company and fees payable hereunder during the preceding Compensation Period, as defined herein, for any liability or loss suffered by the Company or the Administrator including, but not limited to, any liability relating to qualification of the Company as a regulated investment company or any liability relating to the Company’s compliance with any federal or state tax or securities statute, regulation or ruling during such Liability Period. “Compensation Period” shall mean the calendar year ending immediately prior to each Liability Period in which the event(s) giving rise to the Sub-Administrator’s liability for that period have occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Period for purposes of calculating the annual cumulative liability of the Sub-Administrator for the Liability Period commencing on the date of this Agreement and terminating on December 31, 2009 shall be the date of this Agreement through December 31, 2009, calculated on an annualized basis, and the Compensation Period for the Liability Period commencing January 1, 2010 and terminating on December 31, 2010 shall be the date of this Agreement through December 31, 2009, calculated on an annualized basis.

The Sub-Administrator shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its control, including without limitation, work stoppage, power or other mechanical failure, computer virus, natural disaster, governmental action or communication disruption.

The Administrator shall indemnify and hold the Sub-Administrator and its directors, officers, employees and agents harmless from all loss, cost, damage and expense, including reasonable fees and expenses for counsel, incurred by the Sub-Administrator resulting from any claim, demand, action or suit in connection with the Sub-Administrator’s acceptance of this Agreement, any action or omission by it in the performance of its duties hereunder, or as a result of acting upon any instructions reasonably believed by it to have been duly authorized by the Company or the Administrator or upon reasonable reliance on information or records given or made by the Company or the Administrator or its investment adviser, provided that this indemnification shall not apply to actions or omissions of the Sub-Administrator, its officers or employees in cases of its or their own negligence, bad faith, reckless disregard or willful misfeasance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification contained herein shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

10. C ONFIDENTIALITY

The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially all information provided by each party to the other parties regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto shall be used by the other parties hereto solely for the purpose of rendering or receiving services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party. No party will use or disclose confidential information for purposes other than the activities contemplated by this Agreement or except as required by law, court process or pursuant to the lawful requirement of a governmental agency, or if the party is advised by counsel that it may incur liability for failure to make a disclosure, or except at the request or with the written consent of the other parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party acknowledges that the other parties may provide access to and use of confidential information relating to the other parties to the disclosing party’s employees, contractors, agents, professional advisors, auditors or persons performing similar functions.

 


The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information (i) that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement, (ii) that is independently derived by a party hereto without the use of any information provided by the other party hereto in connection with this Agreement, (iii) that is required in any legal or regulatory proceeding, investigation, audit, examination, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process, or by operation of law or regulation, or (iv) where the party seeking to disclose has received the prior written consent of the party providing the information, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Furthermore, and notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the Sub-Administrator may aggregate the Company’s data with similar data of other customers of the Sub-Administrator (“Aggregated Data”) and may use Aggregated Data for purposes of constructing statistical models so long as such Aggregated Data represents a sufficiently large sample that no Company data can be identified either directly or by inference or implication.

The undertakings and obligations contained in this Section shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement for a period of three (3) years.

 

11. C OMPLIANCE WITH G OVERNMENTAL R ULES AND R EGULATIONS ; R ECORDS

In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Administrator agrees that all records which it maintains for the Company shall at all times remain the property of the Company, shall be readily accessible during normal business hours, and shall be promptly surrendered upon the termination of the Agreement or otherwise on written request. The Sub-Administrator further agrees that all records that it maintains for the Company pursuant to Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act will be preserved for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act unless any such records are earlier surrendered as provided above. Records may be surrendered in either written or machine-readable form, at the option of the Sub-Administrator.

 

12. S ERVICES N OT E XCLUSIVE

The services of the Sub-Administrator are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Sub-Administrator shall be free to render similar services to others. The Sub-Administrator shall be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided herein or authorized by the Administrator from time to time, have no authority to act or represent the Company or the Administrator in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Company or the Administrator.

 

13. T ERM , T ERMINATION AND A MENDMENT

 

  (a) This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first above written. The Agreement shall remain in effect unless terminated by a party on sixty (60) days’ prior written notice.

 

  (b) Upon termination of this Agreement, the Administrator shall pay to the Sub-Administrator such compensation and any reimbursable expenses as may be due under the terms hereof as of the date of such termination, including reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with such termination.

 

  (c) This Agreement may be modified or amended from time to time by mutual written agreement of the parties hereto.


14. N OTICES

Any notice or other communication authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to either party shall be in writing and deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by confirmed facsimile, by overnight delivery through a commercial courier service, or posted by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the following address (or such other address as a party may specify by written notice to the other): if to the Administrator or the Company: THL Credit Advisors LLC., 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110, Attn: Terrence W. Olson, fax: 877-494-9096 ; if to the Sub-Administrator: State Street Bank and Trust Company, P.O. Box 5049, Boston, MA 02206-5049, Attn: Fund Administration Legal Department, fax: 617-662-3805.

 

15. N ON -A SSIGNABILITY

This Agreement shall not be assigned by a party hereto without the prior consent in writing of the other parties, except that the Sub-Administrator may assign this Agreement to a successor of all or a substantial portion of its business, or to a party controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Sub-Administrator.

 

16. S UCCESSORS

This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrator, the Company and the Sub-Administrator and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

17. E NTIRE A GREEMENT

This Agreement contains the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous representations, warranties or commitments regarding the services to be performed hereunder whether oral or in writing.

 

18. W AIVER

The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver nor shall it deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any term of this Agreement. Any waiver must be in writing signed by the waiving party.

 

19. S EVERABILITY

If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, the balance of the Agreement shall remain in effect, and if any provision is inapplicable to any person or circumstance it shall nevertheless remain applicable to all other persons and circumstances.

 

20. G OVERNING L AW

This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

21. R EPRODUCTION OF D OCUMENTS

This Agreement and all schedules, exhibits, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, xerographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.


22. C OUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed by the parties hereto on any number of counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their officers designated below as of the date first written above.

 

THL CREDIT, INC.     THL CREDIT ADVISORS LLC
By:  

 

    By:  

 

  Name:  

 

      Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

      Title:  

 

 

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 
 

Title:

 

Exhibit (k)(3)

PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

This PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into by and among THL Credit Opportunities, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Seller ”), THL Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer ”), and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Recipient ”) and, together with Buyer and Seller, the “ Parties ”). This Agreement shall be effective as of April 20, 2010.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Seller owns the assets set forth on Schedule A in the amount indicated on Schedule A (such assets, the “ Transferred Assets ”);

WHEREAS, Seller will transfer to Buyer the Transferred Assets; and

WHEREAS, Buyer will transfer to Recipient the consideration set forth separately for each Transferred Asset on Schedule B (the “ Consideration ”), which Recipient will receive at the request and direction of Seller.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and covenants contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Transfer . As of the date hereof, Seller does hereby contribute, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer does hereby accept and assume from Seller, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to each of the Transferred Assets; free and clear of all liens, claims, interests, or other legal or equitable encumbrances, limitations or restrictions (collectively, “ Liens ”) except for Transaction-Specific Documentary Restrictions. “Transaction-Specific Documentary Restrictions” mean the restrictions imposed pursuant to the Loan Documents. “Loan Documents” mean the agreements to which Seller is a party with respect to the Transferred Assets set forth on Schedule A hereto.

2. Consideration for Transfer . As of the date hereof, in exchange for the Transferred Assets, Buyer does hereby contribute, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Recipient, and Recipient, at the direction of Seller, does hereby accept and assume from Buyer, the Consideration in the amount set forth for each Transferred Asset.

3. Further Actions . Each Party hereby agrees to execute and deliver such further instruments and take such other action as may be necessary to make effective the purchase and sale of the Transferred Assets for the Consideration contemplated by this Agreement.

4. Representations .

4.1 Organization; Authority . Each Party represents to the others that (a) it is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and (where applicable) in good standing in


its jurisdiction of organization; (b) it has full entity power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to complete the transactions contemplated hereby; (c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by it have been duly and validly authorized by all action required on its part; and (d) this Agreement, when executed by the other parties hereto, will constitute its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms except as enforceability may be limited by creditors rights and that availability of equitable remedies may be limited.

4.2 Title . Seller represents to Buyer that Seller has good, valid and marketable title to, and is the sole Owner of, the Transferred Assets and, upon completion of the transfers contemplated hereby, Buyer will obtain good, valid and marketable title thereto, free and clear of all Liens other than Transaction-Specific Documentary Restrictions.

4.3 No Creation of Liens . The performance by Seller of its obligations under this Agreement will not result in the creation of any Lien upon the Transferred Assets.

4.4 No Prior Assignment, Conveyance, Transfer or Participation . None of the Transferred Assets are, as of the date hereof, subject to any prior assignment, conveyance, transfer or participation or agreement to assign, convey, transfer or participate, in whole or in part, except as may not be inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or except as may result pursuant to this Agreement.

4.5 No Breach or Default . Seller is not in breach or default of any of its obligations under any of the Loan Documents. To Seller’s knowledge, no obligor or other credit party is in breach or default of any of its obligations under the Loan Documents.

4.6 No Conflict . Each party represents to the others that the execution, delivery and performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement do not and will not conflict with, result in a termination of, contravene or constitute a default under any applicable law order, judgment or decree of any authority; its organizational documents; or any agreement to which it is a party.

4.7 Consideration . Buyer represents to Seller and Recipient that (a) the issuance of the shares of its common stock constituting the Consideration (the “Shares”) has been duly authorized by Buyer’s board of directors; (b) upon issuance in exchange for the Transferred Assets, the shares will have been duly and validly issued and will be non-assessable.

4.8 Shares . Recipient hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants for the benefit of, Buyer that:

(1) Purchase Entirely for Own Account. This Agreement is made by Buyer with the other Parties in reliance upon Recipient’s representation to Buyer, which by Recipient’s execution of this Agreement Recipient hereby confirms, that the Shares are being acquired for investment for Recipient’s own account, and not as a nominee or agent and not with a view to the resale or public distribution by Recipient of any of the Shares,

 

2


and that Recipient has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Shares, in any case in violation of any securities registration requirement under applicable law, but subject nevertheless, to any requirement of law that the disposition of its property shall at all times be within its control. By executing this Agreement, Recipient further represents that Recipient does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or to any third person with respect to any of the Shares.

(2) Investment Experience. Recipient acknowledges that it can bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters (and particularly in the business in which Buyer operates) as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares. Recipient is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

(3) Restricted Securities . Recipient understands that the Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the United States securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from Buyer in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such Shares may be resold without registration under the 1933 Act only in certain circumstances. In this connection, Recipient represents that it understands the resale limitations imposed by the 1933 Act and is generally familiar with the existing resale limitations imposed by Rule 144 under the 1933 Act.

5. Miscellaneous .

5.1 Entire Agreement; Amendments, Waivers, Etc . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter. Any and all schedules and exhibits to this Agreement are hereby incorporated in and made part of this Agreement (as such schedules and exhibits may be supplemented and amended from time to time). There are no representations, warranties or covenants by the Parties hereto relating to such subject matter other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement and in any writings expressly contemplated or required hereby. This Agreement may not be amended, changed, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified except by an instrument in writing signed by all the Parties hereto.

5.2 Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

5.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

THL CREDIT PARTNERS BDC HOLDINGS, L.P.

 

        By:

 

THL CREDIT PARTNERS BDC

   

HOLDINGS GP, LLC;

   

its general partner

 

        By:

 

THL CREDIT PARTNERS GP, L.P.;

   

its sole member

 

        By:

 

THL CREDIT GROUP GP, LLC,

   

its general partner

 

        By:

 

/s/ James K. Hunt

   

James K. Hunt

   

Authorized Person

THL CREDIT, INC.

 

        By:

 

/s/ Terrence W. Olson

   

Terrence W. Olson

   

Chief Financial Officer

THL CREDIT OPPORTUNITIES, L.P.

 

        By:

 

THL CREDIT PARTNERS GP, L.P.;

   

its general partner

 

        By:

 

THL CREDIT GROUP GP, LLC;

   

its general partner

 

        By:

 

/s/ James K. Hunt

   

James K. Hunt

   

Authorized Person

[Signature Page to Purchase and Sale Agreement]


Schedule A

 

Transferred Assets

JDC Healthcare Management LLC,

Senior Subordinated

Note, Par Value $10,000,000

THLC JDC LLC Member

Interest (66.67%) which

holds 1,393 Class B Units of

Jefferson Management

Holdings LLC

LCP Capital Fund LLC,

Member Interest, Capital

Commitment $12,000,000

Anytime Worldwide LLC,

Senior Secured Note,

$12,900,000

Anytime Worldwide LLC,

157,257.10 Class A Units

Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.,

Senior Subordinated

Note, Par Value

$13,086,956.52

Surgery Center Holdings, Inc.,

Preferred Stock, Par Value

$913,043.48

Surgery Center Holdings, LLC,

389,821 Class A-1

Units


Southern Quality Meats, Inc.,

Senior Subordinated Note,

Par Value $12,000,000

Food Processing Holdings, LLC,

162.44 Class A Units

Food Processing Holdings, LLC,

406.09 Class B Units


Schedule B

Consideration

4,140,496 shares of common  

stock of THL Credit, Inc., par

value $0.001 per share            

Exhibit (k)(4)

LICENSE AGREEMENT

This License Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into effective as of September 15, 2009 (“Effective Date”) between, on the one hand, Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“Licensor”), a Delaware limited partnership with its principal place of business at 100 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110, and, on the other, THL Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 100 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110, and THL Credit Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business located at 100 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110 (THL Credit, Inc. and THL Credit Advisors LLC are each a “Licensee” and are collectively “Licensees”), as follows:

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Licensor is a famous private equity firm that has acquired through diligent effort over many years a premier reputation within the financial services and investment management community for excellence in the fields of investing, investment management, and the financial and operational management of companies in which Licensor has made or supervised investments;

WHEREAS, Licensees acknowledge the fame and reputation of Licensor, and the goodwill associated with the trade name and service mark THL which is owned by Licensor and used in commerce by Licensor in association with its business and with the services it provides to investors, companies, and others; and,

WHEREAS, subject to the terms set forth below, Licensees wish to receive a license, and Licensor wishes to grant Licensees a license, to use the THL mark in association with the commercial activities of Licensees, as more fully defined below;

NOW THEREFOR , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follow:

1. L ICENSE

Subject to and conditioned upon Licensees’ compliance with all the terms of this Agreement, the Licensor grants to the Licensees a nonexclusive, personal, revocable, worldwide nontransferable license, without the right to delegate or sub-license, to (i) use the trade name THL as a component of the trade name of Licensees in the manner depicted in Exhibit A, and (ii) to use the service mark THL as a component of the permitted variations of this service mark described in Exhibit A in association with the services of Licensees. All rights not expressly granted to the Licensees are reserved to the Licensor. The trade name and service mark THL, along with the permitted variations thereof licensed hereunder, are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Marks” and each individually as a “Mark.”


2. O WNERSHIP AND U SE OF THE M ARKS

2.1 The Licensees stipulate and agree that, subject only to the license granted herein, all rights, title and interests in and to the Marks is and shall be owned exclusively by the Licensor. The Licensees shall not take any action inconsistent with the Licensor’s ownership of the Marks, and covenant that they, acting alone or together, shall not initiate any proceeding in any forum challenging the existence, validity, or enforceability of the Marks, or any future variation of the Marks adopted by the Licensor. All goodwill and proprietary rights derived from the use by the Licensees of the Marks shall inure to Licensor’s benefit. At the request, and expense, of the Licensor, the Licensees shall provide all cooperation requested by the Licensor in connection with any effort by Licensor to establish, perfect, or defend the Marks, or any Mark, or the Licensor’s rights therein, including, without limitation, providing exemplars and samples of the Licensees’ use of the Mark, executing commercially reasonable forms of consent, assignment or release, and providing good faith testimony by affidavit, declaration, deposition or any other means.

2.2 The Licensees, and each of them, stipulate and agree that the Marks (and each of them) embody and symbolize the goodwill of the Licensor, and are associated with the highest quality services in the fields of investment, investment management, financial services, and the financing and management of operating businesses. All activities of Licensees carried out under the Mark used as a trade name, and all products and services provided under the Marks in commerce by Licensees, shall be of a nature and quality consistent with the high quality and reputation of Licensor and of the Marks, as reasonably determined by Licensor. At the Licensor’s request, the Licensees shall provide all samples, and permit all inspections and audits reasonably determined by the Licensor to be necessary to assure and confirm the Licensee’s compliance with this quality standard. All uses of any Mark by the Licensees shall be made consistent with such reasonable use and style guidelines as are provided by Licensor from time to time. Without limitation, the Licensees shall not alter, modify, or otherwise mutilate any Mark, and shall not create or develop any variation or new version of the Marks. The Licensees shall designate each service mark use of a Mark with the appropriate proprietary designation, such as, as appropriate to each mark, SM, or ®. In connection with all uses of the Marks the Licensees shall also provide the following notice, with the prominence customarily given to such notices in the specific context of use:

THL , THL Credit , and the THL Credit logo mark are the proprietary names and marks of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., an independently operated entity, and used with permission.”

In all agreements, publications, and materials in which a Licensee uses the Marks as a trade name or as a component of its trade name, the Licensee shall expressly disclose, in writing, that the Licensee is an independently operated entity, and that, in dealing with the Licensee, third parties shall have no recourse of any kind against the Licensor.

2.3 Licensees acknowledge that their proper use of the Marks in compliance with this Agreement is of benefit to Licensor through the increased fame and reputation that will inure to Licensor through Licensees’ appropriate activities. Hence, Licensees covenant that, subject to the terms of this agreement and only for so long as this License Agreement remains in effect, they shall use the Marks as a component of their trade names, and in connection with all services of Licensees that are of an appropriate nature and quality.


2.4 The Licensees (and each of them) represent, warrant and covenant that: (i) they have the authority to enter into this Agreement and perform all obligations under and exercise all rights in compliance with, this Agreement; (ii) all uses of Marks by Licensees shall be made in compliance with law and regulation, without breach of any contractual obligation or duty imposed by law (such as tort duties); and (iii) in its use of the Marks, each Licensee shall not associate the Mark with any product, service, or activity that violates, infringes, or otherwise misappropriates any proprietary right or interest of any third party other than alleged rights in the Marks.

3. T ERM AND T ERMINATION

3.1 The term of this Agreement shall be for a period of one (1) year beginning on the Effective Date. Unless terminated pursuant to its terms, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one year terms.

3.2 Notwithstanding the above, the license grant set forth herein to either Licensee, or, at Licensor’s discretion, this entire Agreement, may be terminated by Licensor at its sole discretion for any reason or no reason at all, such termination to be effective sixty (60) days following the receipt of written notice thereof from Licensor by the effected Licensee or Licensees. Only after the expiration of the first one (1) year term, either Licensee may terminate this Agreement at its sole discretion for any reason or no reason at all, such termination to be effective sixty (60) days following the receipt of written notice thereof from a Licensee by Licensor, provided, however, that a termination by either Licensee shall have the effect of terminating the entire Agreement as to both Licensees. In addition, this Agreement may be terminated by any party upon a material breach by the other party upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the other party, provided that termination may be avoided if such breach is cured to the satisfaction of the non-breaching party within the thirty (30) days. Finally, Licensor may terminate this agreement as to either Licensee upon Licensor’s determination that such Licensee is not in compliance with Section 2 above, and the Licensor determines, at its sole discretion, that such Licensee remains non-compliant fifteen (15) days after receiving written notice thereof from the Licensor.

3.3 Licensees shall cease and desist from all use of any Mark immediately upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason. Termination or expiration of this Agreement shall neither release nor discharge any party from any obligation, debt or liability which shall have previously accrued and which remains to be performed upon the date of termination nor prevent a party from pursuing any other remedies at law or in equity.

4. N OTICES

All notices required by this Agreement shall be deemed given when in writing and delivered personally or deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to the other party at the address set forth below or on such other address as the party may designate in writing in accordance with this Section:

 

If to Licensor:

 

Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.

100 Federal Street

Boston, MA 02110

ATTN: Shari Wolkon


If to THL Credit, Inc.:    If to THL Credit Advisors LLC:

 

THL Credit, Inc.

100 Federal Street, 31st Fl.

Boston, MA 02110

ATTN: James K. Hunt

  

 

THL Credit Advisors LLC

100 Federal Street, 31st Fl.

Boston, MA 02110

ATTN: James K. Hunt

Notices given by mail shall be deemed received two (2) business days after mailing.

5. G ENERAL P ROVISIONS

This Agreement has been executed and delivered in, and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Licensor and its successors and assigns. Except as expressly permitted in advance in writing by Licensor, Licensees, acting alone or together, shall not assign or otherwise transfer any rights granted to them under this Agreement for any reason, nor permit any other party to enjoy such rights through sublicensing, delegation, subcontracting, agency relationship or other means. No provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall any provision of this Agreement be deemed or interpreted, to create any benefit to or for any person not a party to this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended only by a written instrument signed by the authorized representatives of the parties. This Agreement represents the entire Agreement of the parties regarding Licensee’s right to exploit any Mark and supersedes any previous agreements between the parties relating to the same subject matter. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against either party unless it is in writing and signed by the party granting the waiver. The failure to exercise any right shall not operate as waiver of such right. No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of that provision as to that or any other instance. The Licensees stipulate and agree that any breach by either of them of any provision of Section 2, or use of the Marks outside of the scope of the grant set forth in Section 1, will cause the Licensor irreparable harm for which monetary damages will not be an adequate remedy. Therefore, Licensees stipulate that, in addition to all such other remedies to which the Licensor may be entitled at law or in equity, the Licensor shall be entitled to receive temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunctive relief with regard to any such breach of Section 2 or use of the Marks outside the scope of Section 1 by a Licensee.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement effective as of the Effective Date. By their signatures below, each of the parties represents that they have the authority to execute this Agreement and do hereby bind the party on whose behalf their execution is made.

 

“Licensor”     “Licensee”
Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.     THL Credit, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Charles A. Brizius

    By:  

/s/ James K. Hunt

Print:  

Charles A. Brizius

    Print:  

James K. Hunt

Its:  

Managing Director

    Its:  

CEO & CIO

Date:  

9-15-2009

    Date:  

9-15-2009

      “Licensee”
      THL Credit Advisors LLC
      By:  

/s/ James K. Hunt

      Print:  

James K. Hunt

      Its:  

CEO & CIO

      Date:  

9-15-2009


EXHIBIT A

In addition to conforming with such style and usage guidelines as are set forth in the Agreement or as Licensor may provide Licensees, or either of them, from time to time pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Agreement, all uses of the Mark shall conform to the following:

I. Trade Name Uses.

All uses of the Mark as a component of the trade names of Licensees shall conform to the following, and no other trade name uses are permitted:

1. With regard to THL Credit, Inc. accepted trade name uses include:

a. THL Credit, Inc. and THL Credit, where “THL” is always depicted in capital letters, without intervening punctuation, and as part of a single continuous phrase with the word “Credit,” which shall always appear immediately following “THL” in the same font size, font color, and font style with “THL.”

 

2. With regard to THL Credit Advisors, LLC, accepted trade name uses include:

a. THL Credit Advisors LLC, and THL Credit Advisors, where “THL” is always depicted in capital letters, without intervening punctuation, and as part of a single continuous phrase with the words “Credit Advisors,” which shall always appear immediately following “THL” in the same font size, font color, and font style with “THL.”

II. Service Mark Uses.

All uses of the Mark as a service mark shall conform to the following:

1. The permitted service marks are the word mark THL CREDIT , and the design variation of the THL CREDIT mark that will be provided by Licensor to Licensees.

2. In the service marks, the letters “THL” shall not be used as a service mark apart from the term “CREDIT.”

3. The service mark shall be designated with an SM designation in all prominent uses.

III. Amendment.

This Exhibit A is in addition to, and without limitation, of Licensor’s rights and privileges under the Agreement. This Exhibit A may be modified by Licensor by providing Licensees a revised Exhibit A reflecting Licensor’s amendment in writing, provided that Licensees shall be permitted to continue to use existing materials in the previously permitted form until such time as such existing materials would be re-ordered or replaced in the ordinary course of business.

Exhibit (l)

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036-6522

April 20, 2010

THL Credit, Inc.

100 Federal Street, 31st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

 

  

Re:    THL Credit, Inc.

          Registration Statement on Form N-2

          ( File No. 333- 159636 )

  

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to THL Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the initial public offering by the Company of up to 14,897,667 shares (including shares subject to an overallotment option) (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”).

This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Exhibit (l) of the above-captioned Registration Statement of the Company on Form N-2 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”).

In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of (i) the Company’s notice of intent to file an election pursuant to Section 54(a) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”), to be regulated as a business development company, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on June 1, 2009, and as amended August 24, 2009, November 23, 2009 and February 22, 2010 (the “ Notice of Intent ”), (ii) a draft of the Form N-54 in the form it will be filed with the Commission (the “ Form N-54 ”), (iii) the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-159636) as filed with the Commission on June 1, 2009 under the Act; (iv) Amendment No. 1 to such


Registration Statement as filed with the Commission on July 15, 2009 under the Act; (v) Amendment No. 2 to such Registration Statement as filed with the Commission on March 18, 2010 under the Act; (vi) Amendment No. 3 to such Registration Statement as filed with the Commission on April 13, 2010; and (vii) Amendment No. 4 to such Registration Statement in the form being filed with the Commission on the date hereof (such Registration Statement, as so amended, being hereinafter referred to as the “ Registration Statement ”); (viii) the form of Purchase Agreement proposed to be entered into by and among the Company, as issuer, THL Credit Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as investment advisor to the Company, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as representatives of the several underwriters named therein (the “ Underwriters ”), filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”); (ix) a specimen certificate representing the Common Stock; (x) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as amended to date and currently in effect; (xi) the By-Laws of the Company, certified by the Secretary of the Company as amended to date and currently in effect; and (xii) certain resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company relating to the issuance and sale of the Shares and related matters. We also have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Company and such agreements, certificates of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Company and others, and such other documents, certificates and records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth herein.

In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. In making our examination of executed documents, we have assumed that the parties thereto, other than the Company, had the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof on such parties. In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have assumed that the Purchase Agreement will be executed and delivered in substantially the form reviewed by us and that the share certificates representing the Shares will conform to the specimen examined by us and will be signed manually or by facsimile by an authorized officer of the transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock and registered by such transfer agent and registrar. As to any facts material to the opinion expressed herein which we have not independently established or verified, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others.


Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that, when (i) the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Act; (ii) the Purchase Agreement has been duly executed and delivered; (iii) the Form N-54 is filed with the Commission and becomes effective; and (iv) certificates representing the Shares in the form of the specimen certificate examined by us have been manually signed by an authorized officer of the transfer agent and registrar for the Shares and registered by such transfer agent and registrar, and have been delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters at a price per share not less than the per share par value of the Shares as contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares will have been duly authorized, and the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Exhibit (n)

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form N-2 of our report dated April 9, 2010, relating to the financial statements of THL Credit, Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the heading “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

April 20, 2010

Boston, MA

Exhibit (p)(1)

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 22nd day of July, 2009, between THL Credit, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”) and THL Credit Opportunities, L.P. (the “ Purchaser ”).

THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

i) PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES

(1) SALE AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Corporation agrees to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Corporation 6,700 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 (the “ Shares ”) at a price per Share of $15.00 for an aggregate purchase price of $100,500.

ii) REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASER. The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants for the benefit of, the Corporation that:

(1) PURCHASE ENTIRELY FOR OWN ACCOUNT. This Agreement is made by the Corporation with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Corporation, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares are being acquired for investment for the Purchaser’s own account, and not as a nominee or agent and not with a view to the resale or public distribution by the Purchaser of any of the Shares, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Shares, in any case in violation of any securities registration requirement under applicable law, but subject nevertheless, to any requirement of law that the disposition of its property shall at all times be within its control. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Shares except that the Purchaser may distribute the Shares to the persons holding interests in Purchase in accordance with applicable law.

 

1


(2) INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE. The Purchaser acknowledges that it can bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters (and particularly in the business in which the Corporation operates) as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares. The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ 1933 Act ”).

(3) RESTRICTED SECURITIES. The Purchaser understands that the Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the United States securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Corporation in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such Shares may be resold without registration under the 1933 Act only in certain circumstances. In this connection, the Purchaser represents that it understands the resale limitations imposed by the 1933 Act and is generally familiar with the existing resale limitations imposed by Rule 144.

(4) FURTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISPOSITION. The Purchaser further agrees not to make any disposition directly or indirectly of all or any portion of the Shares unless and until:

(i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the 1933 Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) The Purchaser shall have furnished the Corporation with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, that such disposition will not require registration of such Shares under the 1933 Act.

 

2


(iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer by the Purchaser to any affiliate of the Purchaser, if the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms hereof to the same extent as if it were the original Purchaser hereunder.

(5) LEGENDS. It is understood that the certificate evidencing the Shares may bear either or both of the following legends:

(i) “These securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. They may not be sold, offered for sale, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of a registration statement in effect with respect to the Shares under such Act or an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to THL Credit, Inc. that such registration is not required.”

(ii) Any legend required by the laws of any other applicable jurisdiction.

The Purchaser and the Corporation agree that the legend contained in the paragraph (a) above shall be removed at a holder’s request when they are no longer necessary to ensure compliance with federal securities laws.

(6) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

THL Credit, Inc.
By:  

/s/ James K. Hunt

Name:   James K. Hunt
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

THL Credit Opportunities, L.P.
  By:  

THL Credit Partners, G.P., L.P.

its general partner

  By:  

THL Credit Group GP, LLC

its general partner

  By:  

/s/ Sam Tillinghast

  Name:  

Sam Tillinghast

  Title:   President and COO

 

4

Exhibit (p)(2)

FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of the day of April, 2010, by and between THL Credit, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”) and THL Credit Partners BDC Holdings, L.P. (the “ Purchaser ”).

THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

i. PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES

 

  a. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Corporation agrees to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Corporation      shares of common stock, par value $0.001 (the “ Shares ”) at a price per Share of $          for an aggregate purchase price of $          . Payment by the Purchaser shall be made to the Corporation by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Corporation against delivery by the Corporation to the Purchaser of certificates for the Shares to be purchased by the Purchaser.

 

  b. The offering and sale of the Shares are being made pursuant to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (as such terms are defined below). The Purchaser acknowledges that the Corporation intends to enter into a purchase agreement with certain underwriters pursuant to which it intends to offer and sell (the “ Offering ”) up to an aggregate of       shares of its Common Stock to the public pursuant to the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

 

  c. The Corporation has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a preliminary prospectus (the “ Preliminary Prospectus ”) and will file a final prospectus (collectively, the “ Prospectus ”) with respect to the Corporation’s registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-159636) (the “ Registration Statement ”) reflecting the Offering, including all amendments thereto, the exhibits and any schedules thereto and the documents otherwise deemed to be a part thereof or included therein by the rules and regulations of the Commission (the “ Rules and Regulations ”) in conformity with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (collectively with the Rules and Regulations, the “ Securities Act ”), including Rule 497 thereunder. The Purchaser hereby confirms that it has had full access to the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, and the other information incorporated by reference therein, and was able to read, review, download, and print such materials.


  d. The Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Securities Act; any required filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 497 will be made in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 497; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued under the Securities Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or threatened by the Commission.

 

  e. Closing of the purchase and sale of Shares pursuant to this Agreement is conditioned on the closing of the purchase and sale of Shares pursuant to the Offering and shall occur at the same time.

 

  f. The Purchaser has entered into a standard lockup agreement with the underwriters in the Offering covering all shares purchased by it from the Corporation.

 

ii. The Corporation hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants for the benefit of, the Purchaser that:

 

  a. The Corporation has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement by the Corporation and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Corporation. This Subscription Agreement, when accepted by the Corporation, shall have been duly executed by the Corporation and, when delivered in accordance with the terms hereof, will constitute the valid and binding obligation of the Corporation enforceable against the Corporation in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting creditors’ and contracting parties’ rights generally and except as enforceability may be subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

  b. When issued and paid for pursuant to the terms hereof, the Shares to be sold hereunder by the Corporation will be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock, free and clear of all liens and free of any preemptive or similar rights.


iii. The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants for the benefit of, the Corporation that:

 

  a. The Purchaser has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement, to make the representations and warranties specified herein and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein. The execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement by the Purchaser and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Purchaser. This Subscription Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Purchaser and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation and other similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies. The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Corporation has not made any representations or warranties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby other than those specifically set forth in Section ii of this Subscription Agreement.

 

  b. The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Subscription Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated herein and therein will not conflict with or constitute a material breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Purchaser pursuant to any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument or agreement to which the Purchaser is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Purchaser is subject, nor will any such action result in any violation of the provisions of the articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational documents of the Purchaser or any applicable law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree.

 

  c. The Purchaser understands that nothing in this Subscription Agreement or any other materials presented to the Purchaser in connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares constitutes legal, tax, or investment advice. The Purchaser has consulted such legal, tax, and investment advisors as it, in its sole discretion, has deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with its purchase of Shares.

 

iv. The foregoing representations, warranties and agreements, together with all other representations and warranties made or given by the Purchaser to the Corporation in any other written statement or document delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of the date of this Subscription Agreement and the Closing Date, as if made on and as of each such date, and shall survive each such date and if there should be any material change in such information prior to the Closing Date of the sale of the Shares, the Purchaser shall immediately furnish in writing such revised or corrected information to the Corporation. The Purchaser understands that the Corporation will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, warranties and agreements, and the Purchaser hereby consents to such reliance.


v. Notwithstanding any investigation made by any party to this Subscription Agreement, all covenants, agreements, representations, and warranties made by the Corporation and the Purchaser herein will survive the execution of this Subscription Agreement, the delivery to the Purchaser of the Shares being purchased, and the payment therefor.

 

vi. This Subscription Agreement may not be modified or amended except pursuant to an instrument in writing signed by the Corporation and the Purchaser.

 

vii. In case any provision contained in this Subscription Agreement should be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

viii. This Subscription Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law that would require the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

ix. This Subscription Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will constitute an original, but all of which, when taken together, will constitute but one instrument, and will become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each party hereto and delivered to the other parties.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

THL CREDIT PARTNERS BDC HOLDINGS, L.P.
  By:   THL CREDIT PARTNERS BDC
            HOLDINGS GP, LLC;
            its general partner
  By:   THL CREDIT PARTNERS GP, L.P.;
    its sole member
  By:   THL CREDIT GROUP GP, LLC,
    its general partner
  By:  

 

    James K. Hunt
    Authorized Person
THL CREDIT, INC.
  By:  

 

    Terrence W. Olson
    Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]

 

5

Exhibit (r)

THL CREDIT, INC.

CODE OF ETHICS

I. Introduction .

The purpose of this Code of Ethics is to prevent Access Persons (as defined below) of THL Credit, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) from engaging in any act, practice or course of business prohibited by paragraph (b) of Rule 17j-l (the “ Rule ”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”). This Code of Ethics is required by paragraph (c) of the Rule.

Access Persons of the Corporation, in conducting their personal securities transactions, owe a fiduciary duty to the shareholders of the Corporation. The fundamental standard to be followed in personal securities transactions is that Access Persons may not take inappropriate advantage of their positions. All personal securities transactions by Access Persons must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest between the Access Persons interest and the interests of the Corporation, or any abuse of an Access Persons position of trust and responsibility. Potential conflicts arising from personal investment activities could include buying or selling securities based on knowledge of the Corporation’s trading position or plans (sometimes referred to as front-running), and acceptance of personal favors that could influence trading judgments on behalf of the Corporation. While this Code of Ethics is designed to address identified conflicts and potential conflicts, it cannot possibly be written broadly enough to cover all potential situations and, in this regard, Access Persons are expected to adhere not only to the letter, but also the spirit, of the policies contained herein.

II. Definitions .

In order to understand how this Code of Ethics applies to particular persons and transactions, familiarity with the key terms and concepts used in this Code of Ethics is necessary. Those key terms and concepts are:

1. “ Access Person ” means any director, officer or “advisory person” of the Corporation. A list of the Corporation’s Access Persons who are officers and directors of the Corporation is attached as Appendix 1 to this Code of Ethics and will be updated from time to time.

2. “ Advisory person ” means (a) any employee of the Corporation or of any company in a control relationship to the Corporation, who, in connection with his regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a “ Covered Security ” by the Corporation, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (b) any natural person in a control relationship to the Corporation who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Corporation with regard to the purchase or sale of “Covered Securities”.


3. “ Beneficial ownership ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The determination of direct or indirect beneficial ownership shall apply to all securities which an Access Person has or acquires.

4. “ Advisor ” means THL Credit Advisors LLC, the investment advisor of the Corporation.

5. “ Advisor Code ” means the Employee Investment Transaction Policy adopted by the Advisor and approved by the Board.

6. “ Control ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

7. “ Covered Security ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, except that it shall not include: direct obligations of the Government of the United States; bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high-quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and shares issued by registered open-end investment companies. A high-quality short-term debt instrument is one with a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

8. “ Independent director ” means a director of the Corporation who is not an “interested person” of the Corporation within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

9. “ Investment Personnel ” of the Corporation means (a) any employee of the Corporation (or of any company in a control relationship to the Corporation) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Corporation and (b) any natural person who controls the Corporation and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Corporation regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Corporation.

10. “ IPO ” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

11. “ Limited Offering ” means an offering exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Sections 4(2) or 4(6) or Rules 504, 505 or 506 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

2


12. “ Purchase or sale of a Covered Security ” includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.

III. Restrictions Applicable to Directors, Officers and Employees of the Advisor .

1. All directors, officers and employees of the Advisor’s investment advisory companies shall be subject to the restrictions, limitations and reporting responsibilities set forth in the Advisor Code, respectively, as if fully set forth herein.

2. Persons subject to this Section III shall not be subject to the restrictions, limitations and reporting responsibilities set forth in Sections IV and V below.

IV. Prohibitions; Exemptions .

1. Prohibited Purchases and Sales .

A. No Access Person may purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Covered Security in which that Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction would acquire, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership and which to the actual knowledge of that Access Person at the time of such purchase or sale:

(1) is being considered for purchase or sale by the Corporation; or

(2) is being purchased or sold by the Corporation.

2. Exemptions From Certain Prohibitions .

A. The prohibited purchase and sale transactions described in paragraph IV.1 above do not apply to the following personal securities transactions:

(1) purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control;

(2) purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person or the Corporation;

 

3


(3) purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan (other than pursuant to a cash purchase plan option);

(4) purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent the rights were acquired from that issuer, and sales of the rights so acquired;

(5) any purchase or sale, or series of related transactions, involving 500 shares or less in the aggregate, if the issuer has a market capitalization (outstanding shares multiplied by the current price per share) greater than $1 billion; and

(6) any purchase or sale which the Compliance Officer of the Advisor (as defined in the Advisor Code) approves on the grounds that its potential harm to the Corporation is remote.

3. Prohibited Recommendations .

An Access Person may not recommend the purchase or sale of any Covered Security to or for the Corporation without having disclosed his or her interest, if any, in such security or the issuer thereof, including without limitation:

A. any direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any Covered Security of such issuer, including any Covered Security received in a private securities transaction;

B. any contemplated purchase or sale by such person of a Covered Security;

C. any position with such issuer or its affiliates; or

D. any present or proposed business relationship between such issuer or its affiliates and such person or any party in which such person has a significant interest.

4. Pre-approval of Investments in Initial Public Offerings or Limited Offerings .

A. No Investment Personnel shall purchase any security (including, but not limited to, any Covered Security) issued in an IPO or a Limited Offering unless an officer of the Corporation approves the transaction in advance. The Secretary shall maintain a written record of any decisions to permit these transactions, along with the reasons supporting the decision.

 

4


V. Reporting .

1. Initial Holdings Reports .

No later than ten (10) days after a person becomes an Access Person, he or she must report to the Corporation the following information:

(i) the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person;

(ii) the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and

(iii) the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

2. Quarterly Reporting .

A. Every Access Person shall either report to the Corporation the information described in paragraphs B and C below with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which the Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security or, in the alternative, make the representation in paragraph D below.

B. Every report shall be made not later than 10 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected and shall contain the following information:

(1) the date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;

(2) the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

(3) the price at which the transaction was effected;

 

5


(4) the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected;

(5) the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person; and

(6) a description of any factors potentially relevant to an analysis of whether the Access Person may have a conflict of interest with respect to the transaction, including the existence of any substantial economic relationship between the transaction and securities held or to be acquired by the Corporation.

C. With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person, no later than 10 days after the end of a calendar quarter, an Access Person shall provide a report to the Corporation containing the following information:

(1) the name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;

(2) the date the account was established; and

(3) the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

D. If no transactions were conducted by an Access Person during a calendar quarter that are subject to the reporting requirements described above, such Access Person shall, not later than 10 days after the end of that calendar quarter, provide a written representation to that effect to the Corporation.

3. Annual Reporting .

A. Every Access Person shall report to the Corporation the information described in paragraph B below with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which the Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security.

B. Annually, within 30 days of the end of each calendar year, the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 30 days before the report is submitted):

 

6


(1) The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

(2) The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and

(3) The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

4. Exceptions to Reporting Requirements .

A. An Access Person is not required to make a report otherwise required under paragraphs 1, 2 or 3 above with respect to any transaction effected for any account over which the Access Person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control; provided, (however, that if the Access Person is relying upon the provisions of this paragraph 4(A) to avoid making such a report, the Access Person shall, not later than 10 days after the end of each calendar quarter, identify any such account in writing and certify in writing that he or she had no direct or indirect influence over any such account.

B. An independent director of the Corporation who would be required to make a report pursuant to paragraphs 1, 2 or 3 above solely by reason of being a director of the Corporation is not required to make an initial holdings report under paragraph 1 above and an annual report under paragraph 3 above, and is only required to make a quarterly report under paragraph 2 above if the independent director, at the time of the transaction, knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling the independent directors official duties as a director of the Corporation, should have known that (a) the Corporation has engaged in a transaction in the same security within the last 15 days or is engaging or going to engage in a transaction in the same security within the next 15 days, or (b) the Corporation or the Advisor has within the last 15 days considered a transaction in the same security or is considering a transaction in the same security or within the next 15 days is going to consider a transaction in the same security.

5. Annual Certification .

A. All Access Persons are required to certify that they have read and understand this Code of Ethics and recognize that they are subject to the provisions hereof and will comply with the policy and procedures stated herein. Further, all Access Persons are required to certify annually that they have complied with the requirements of this Code of Ethics and that they have reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of such policies. A copy of the certification form to be used in complying with this paragraph A is attached to this Code of Ethics as Appendix 2.

 

7


B. The Corporation and the Advisor shall prepare an annual report to the Board of Directors of the Corporation to be presented at the first regular meeting of the Board after March 31 of each year and which shall:

(1) Summarize existing procedures concerning personal investing, including pre-clearance policies and the monitoring of personal investment activity after pre-clearance has been granted, and any changes in the procedures during the past year;

(2) describe any issues arising under the Code of Ethics or procedures since the last report to the Board including, but not limited to, information about any material violations of the Code of Ethics or procedures and the sanctions imposed during the past year;

(3) identify any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon experience under this Code of Ethics, evolving industry practice or developments in applicable laws and regulations;

(4) contain such other information, observations and recommendations as deemed relevant by the Corporation or the Advisor; and

(5) certify that the Corporation and the Advisor have adopted Codes of Ethics with procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the provisions of Rule 17j-1(b) or this Code.

6. Notification of Reporting Obligation and Review of Reports .

The officers of the Corporation are authorized to identify all Access Persons. Each Access Person shall receive a copy of this Code of Ethics and be notified of his or her reporting obligations. All reports shall be promptly submitted upon completion to the Secretary of the Corporation who shall review such reports.

7. Miscellaneous .

A. Any report under this Code of Ethics may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making the report that the person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the securities to which the report relates.

 

8


VI. Confidentiality .

No Access Person shall reveal to any other person (except in the normal course of his or her duties on behalf of the Corporation) any information regarding securities transactions by the Corporation or consideration by the Corporation or the Advisor of any such securities transaction.

All information obtained from any Access Person hereunder shall be kept in strict confidence, except that reports of securities transactions hereunder will be made available to the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organization to the extent required by law or regulation.

VII. Sanctions .

Upon discovering a violation of this Code of Ethics, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may impose any sanctions it deems appropriate, including a letter of censure, the suspension or termination of any director, officer or employee of the Corporation, or the recommendation to the employer of the violator of the suspension or termination of the employment of the violator.

Adopted July, 2009

 

9


Appendix 1

The following are “Access Persons” for purposes of the foregoing Code of Ethics:

 

Name

  

Title

Directors

  

[          ]

  

Officers

  

[          ]

  


Appendix 2

CERTIFICATION FORM

This is to certify that I have read and understand the Code of Ethics of THL Credit, Inc. dated July, 2009, and that I recognize that I am subject to the provisions thereof and will comply with the policy and procedures stated therein.

This is to further certify that I have complied with the requirements of such Code of Ethics and that I have reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of such Code of Ethics.

 

Please sign your name here:

 

 

 

Please print your name here:

 

 

 

Please date here:

 

 

 

Please sign two copies of this Certification Form, return one copy to Terrence W. Olson, Interim Chief Compliance Officer, THL Credit, Inc., 100 Federal Street, 31st Floor, Boston, MA 02110, and retain the other copy, together with a copy of the Code of Ethics, for your records.